Sulfonyl acetamides as NLRP3 inhibitors

ABSTRACT

The present invention relates to compounds of formula (1): wherein Q is selected from O or S; R1 is a 5-membered nitrogen-containing heteroaryl group substituted with R6 and optionally further substituted; R2 is an alpha, alpha′-substituted cyclic group which may optionally be further substituted; R3 and R4 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —NH2, —CN, —R5, —OR5, —NHR5 or —N(R5)2; or R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may form a 3 to 7 membered saturated or unsaturated, optionally substituted cyclic group; R5 is independently an optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl group; and R6 is any group comprising a nitrogen atom. The present invention further relates to salts, solvates and prodrugs of such compounds, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and to the use of such compounds in the treatment and prevention of medical disorders and diseases, most especially by the inhibition of NLRP3.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a national stage entry of PCT/EP2019/055144 filed Mar. 1, 2019, which claims the benefit of GB Patent Application No. 1803412.4 filed, Mar. 2, 2018 and GB Patent Application No. 1902319.1 filed Feb. 20, 2019.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to compounds of formula (I) and to associated salts, solvates, prodrugs and pharmaceutical compositions. The present invention further relates to the use of such compounds in the treatment and prevention of medical disorders and diseases, most especially by NLRP3 inhibition.

BACKGROUND

The NOD-like receptor (NLR) family, pyrin domain-containing protein 3 (NLRP3) inflammasome is a component of the inflammatory process, and its aberrant activity is pathogenic in inherited disorders such as cryopyrin-associated periodic syndromes (CAPS) and complex diseases such as multiple sclerosis, type 2 diabetes, Alzheimer's disease and atherosclerosis.

NLRP3 is an intracellular signalling molecule that senses many pathogen-derived, environmental and host-derived factors. Upon activation, NLRP3 binds to apoptosis-associated speck-like protein containing a caspase activation and recruitment domain (ASC). ASC then polymerises to form a large aggregate known as an ASC speck. Polymerised ASC in turn interacts with the cysteine protease caspase-1 to form a complex termed the inflammasome. This results in the activation of caspase-1, which cleaves the precursor forms of the proinflammatory cytokines IL-1β and IL-18 (termed pro-IL-1β and pro-IL-18 respectively) to thereby activate these cytokines. Caspase-1 also mediates a type of inflammatory cell death known as pyroptosis. The ASC speck can also recruit and activate caspase-8, which can process pro-IL-1β and pro-IL-18 and trigger apoptotic cell death.

Caspase-1 cleaves pro-IL-1β and pro-IL-18 to their active forms, which are secreted from the cell. Active caspase-1 also cleaves gasdermin-D to trigger pyroptosis. Through its control of the pyroptotic cell death pathway, caspase-1 also mediates the release of alarmin molecules such as IL-33 and high mobility group box 1 protein (HMGB1). Caspase-1 also cleaves intracellular IL-1R2 resulting in its degradation and allowing the release of IL-1α. In human cells caspase-1 may also control the processing and secretion of IL-37. A number of other caspase-1 substrates such as components of the cytoskeleton and glycolysis pathway may contribute to caspase-1-dependent inflammation.

NLRP3-dependent ASC specks are released into the extracellular environment where they can activate caspase-1, induce processing of caspase-1 substrates and propagate inflammation.

Active cytokines derived from NLRP3 inflammasome activation are important drivers of inflammation and interact with other cytokine pathways to shape the immune response to infection and injury. For example, IL-1β signalling induces the secretion of the pro-inflammatory cytokines IL-6 and TNF. IL-1β and IL-18 synergise with IL-23 to induce IL-17 production by memory CD4 Th17 cells and by γδ T cells in the absence of T cell receptor engagement. IL-18 and IL-12 also synergise to induce IFN-γ production from memory T cells and NK cells driving a Th1 response.

The inherited CAPS diseases Muckle-Wells syndrome (MWS), familial cold autoinflammatory syndrome (FCAS) and neonatal-onset multisystem inflammatory disease (NOMID) are caused by gain-of-function mutations in NLRP3, thus defining NLRP3 as a critical component of the inflammatory process. NLRP3 has also been implicated in the pathogenesis of a number of complex diseases, notably including metabolic disorders such as type 2 diabetes, atherosclerosis, obesity and gout.

A role for NLRP3 in diseases of the central nervous system is emerging, and lung diseases have also been shown to be influenced by NLRP3. Furthermore, NLRP3 has a role in the development of liver disease, kidney disease and aging. Many of these associations were defined using Nlr3−/− mice, but there have also been insights into the specific activation of NLRP3 in these diseases. In type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2D), the deposition of islet amyloid polypeptide in the pancreas activates NLRP3 and IL-1β signaling, resulting in cell death and inflammation.

Several small molecules have been shown to inhibit the NLRP3 inflammasome. Glyburide inhibits IL-1β production at micromolar concentrations in response to the activation of NLRP3 but not NLRC4 or NLRP1. Other previously characterised weak NLRP3 inhibitors include parthenolide, 3,4-methylenedioxy-p-nitrostyrene and dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), although these agents have limited potency and are nonspecific.

Current treatments for NLRP3-related diseases include biologic agents that target IL-1. These are the recombinant IL-1 receptor antagonist anakinra, the neutralizing IL-1β antibody canakinumab and the soluble decoy IL-1 receptor rilonacept. These approaches have proven successful in the treatment of CAPS, and these biologic agents have been used in clinical trials for other IL-1β-associated diseases.

Some diarylsulfonylurea-containing compounds have been identified as cytokine release inhibitory drugs (CRIDs) (Perregaux et al.; J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 299, 187-197, 2001). CRIDs are a class of diarylsulfonylurea-containing compounds that inhibit the post-translational processing of IL-1β. Post-translational processing of IL-1β is accompanied by activation of caspase-1 and cell death. CRIDs arrest activated monocytes so that caspase-1 remains inactive and plasma membrane latency is preserved.

Certain sulfonylurea-containing compounds are also disclosed as inhibitors of NLRP3 (see for example, Baldwin et al., J. Med. Chem., 59(5), 1691-1710, 2016; and WO 2016/131098 A1, WO 2017/129897 A1, WO 2017/140778 A1, WO 2017/184604 A1, WO 2017/184623 A1, WO 2017/184624 A1, WO 2018/015445 A1, WO 2018/136890 A1, WO 2018/215818 A1, WO 2019/008025 A1 and WO 2019/008029 A1).

There is a need to provide compounds with improved pharmacological and/or physiological and/or physicochemical properties and/or those that provide a useful alternative to known compounds.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

A first aspect of the invention provides a compound of formula (I):

wherein:

-   -   Q is selected from O or S;     -   R¹ is a 5-membered heteroaryl group, wherein the 5-membered ring         structure consists of one or more carbon atoms, one or more         nitrogen atoms and optionally one or more oxygen atoms, wherein         R¹ is substituted with R⁶ and R¹ may optionally be further         substituted;     -   R² is a cyclic group substituted at the α and α′ positions,         wherein R² may optionally be further substituted;     -   R³ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —R⁵, —OR⁵, —NHR⁵ or         —N(R⁵)₂;     -   R⁴ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —R⁵, —OR⁵, —NHR⁵ or         —N(R⁵)₂; or     -   R³ and R⁴ together with the carbon atom to which they are         attached may form a 3- to 7-membered saturated or unsaturated         cyclic group, wherein the cyclic group may optionally be         substituted;     -   R⁵ is independently an optionally substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl group;         and     -   R⁶ is any group comprising a nitrogen atom.

In one embodiment the compound is not:

In the context of the present specification, a “hydrocarbyl” substituent group or a hydrocarbyl moiety in a substituent group only includes carbon and hydrogen atoms but, unless stated otherwise, does not include any heteroatoms, such as N, O or S, in its carbon skeleton. A hydrocarbyl group/moiety may be saturated or unsaturated (including aromatic), and may be straight-chained or branched, or be or include cyclic groups wherein, unless stated otherwise, the cyclic group does not include any heteroatoms, such as N, O or S, in its carbon skeleton. Examples of hydrocarbyl groups include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl and aryl groups/moieties and combinations of all of these groups/moieties. Typically a hydrocarbyl group is a C₁-C₂₀ hydrocarbyl group. More typically a hydrocarbyl group is a C₁-C₁₅ hydrocarbyl group. More typically a hydrocarbyl group is a C₁-C₁₀ hydrocarbyl group. A “hydrocarbylene” group is similarly defined as a divalent hydrocarbyl group.

An “alkyl” substituent group or an alkyl moiety in a substituent group may be linear (i.e. straight-chained) or branched. Examples of alkyl groups/moieties include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl and n-pentyl groups/moieties. Unless stated otherwise, the term “alkyl” does not include “cycloalkyl”. Typically an alkyl group is a C₁-C₁₂ alkyl group. More typically an alkyl group is a C₁-C₆ alkyl group. An “alkylene” group is similarly defined as a divalent alkyl group.

An “alkenyl” substituent group or an alkenyl moiety in a substituent group refers to an unsaturated alkyl group or moiety having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Examples of alkenyl groups/moieties include ethenyl, propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 1,3-butadienyl, 1,3-pentadienyl, 1,4-pentadienyl and 1,4-hexadienyl groups/moieties. Unless stated otherwise, the term “alkenyl” does not include “cycloalkenyl”. Typically an alkenyl group is a C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl group. More typically an alkenyl group is a C₂-C₆ alkenyl group. An “alkenylene” group is similarly defined as a divalent alkenyl group.

An “alkynyl” substituent group or an alkynyl moiety in a substituent group refers to an unsaturated alkyl group or moiety having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Examples of alkynyl groups/moieties include ethynyl, propargyl, but-1-ynyl and but-2-ynyl groups/moieties. Typically an alkynyl group is a C₂-C₁₂ alkynyl group. More typically an alkynyl group is a C₂-C₆ alkynyl group. An “alkynylene” group is similarly defined as a divalent alkynyl group.

A “cyclic” substituent group or a cyclic moiety in a substituent group refers to any hydrocarbyl ring, wherein the hydrocarbyl ring may be saturated or unsaturated (including aromatic) and may include one or more heteroatoms, e.g. N, O or S, in its carbon skeleton. Examples of cyclic groups include cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic, aryl and heteroaryl groups as discussed below. A cyclic group may be monocyclic, bicyclic (e.g. bridged, fused or spiro), or polycyclic. Typically, a cyclic group is a 3- to 12-membered cyclic group, which means it contains from 3 to 12 ring atoms. More typically, a cyclic group is a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic group, which means it contains from 3 to 7 ring atoms.

As used herein, where it is stated that a cyclic group is monocyclic, it is to be understood that the cyclic group is not substituted with a divalent bridging substituent (e.g. —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(R^(β))— or —R^(α)—) so as to form a bridged, fused or spiro substituent. However, unless stated otherwise, a substituted monocyclic group may be substituted with one or more monovalent cyclic groups. Similarly, where it is stated that a group is bicyclic, it is to be understood that the cyclic group including any bridged, fused or spiro divalent bridging substituents attached to the cyclic group, but excluding any monovalent cyclic substituents, is bicyclic.

A “heterocyclic” substituent group or a heterocyclic moiety in a substituent group refers to a cyclic group or moiety including one or more carbon atoms and one or more (such as one, two, three or four) heteroatoms, e.g. N, O or S, in the ring structure. Examples of heterocyclic groups include heteroaryl groups as discussed below and non-aromatic heterocyclic groups such as azetinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, dioxolanyl, oxathiolanyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thianyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl groups.

A “cycloalkyl” substituent group or a cycloalkyl moiety in a substituent group refers to a saturated hydrocarbyl ring containing, for example, from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, examples of which include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. Unless stated otherwise, a cycloalkyl substituent group or moiety may include monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbyl rings.

A “cycloalkenyl” substituent group or a cycloalkenyl moiety in a substituent group refers to a non-aromatic unsaturated hydrocarbyl ring having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds and containing, for example, from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, examples of which include cyclopent-1-en-1-yl, cyclohex-1-en-1-yl and cyclohex-1,3-dien-1-yl. Unless stated otherwise, a cycloalkenyl substituent group or moiety may include monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbyl rings.

An “aryl” substituent group or an aryl moiety in a substituent group refers to an aromatic hydrocarbyl ring. The term “aryl” includes monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbons and polycyclic fused ring aromatic hydrocarbons wherein all of the fused ring systems (excluding any ring systems which are part of or formed by optional substituents) are aromatic. Examples of aryl groups/moieties include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl and phenanthrenyl. Unless stated otherwise, the term “aryl” does not include “heteroaryl”.

A “heteroaryl” substituent group or a heteroaryl moiety in a substituent group refers to an aromatic heterocyclic group or moiety. The term “heteroaryl” includes monocyclic aromatic heterocycles and polycyclic fused ring aromatic heterocycles wherein all of the fused ring systems (excluding any ring systems which are part of or formed by optional substituents) are aromatic. Examples of heteroaryl groups/moieties include the following:

wherein G=O, S or NH.

Unless stated otherwise, where a cyclic group or moiety is stated to be non-aromatic, such as a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or non-aromatic heterocyclic group, it is to be understood that the group or moiety, excluding any ring systems which are part of or formed by optional substituents, is non-aromatic. Similarly, where a cyclic group or moiety is stated to be aromatic, such as an aryl or a heteroaryl group, it is to be understood that the group or moiety, excluding any ring systems which are part of or formed by optional substituents, is aromatic. A cyclic group or moiety is considered non-aromatic, when it does not have any tautomers that are aromatic. When a cyclic group or moiety has a tautomer that is aromatic, it is considered aromatic, even if it has tautomers that are not aromatic.

For the purposes of the present specification, where a combination of moieties is referred to as one group, for example, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, alkylaryl, alkenylaryl or alkynylaryl, the last mentioned moiety contains the atom by which the group is attached to the rest of the molecule. An example of an arylalkyl group is benzyl.

For the purposes of the present specification, in an optionally substituted group or moiety:

-   -   (i) each hydrogen atom may optionally be replaced by a group         independently selected from halo; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —R^(β); —OH;         —OR^(β); —R^(α)-halo; —R^(α)—CN; —R^(α)—NO₂; —R^(α)—N₃;         —R^(α)—R^(β); —R^(α)—OH; —R^(α)—OR^(β); —SH; —SR^(β); —SOR^(β);         —SO₂H; —SO₂R^(β); —SO₂NH₂; —SO₂NHR^(β); —SO₂N(R^(β))₂;         —R^(α)—SH; —R^(α)—SR^(β); —R^(α)—SOR^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂H;         —R^(α)—SO₂R^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂NH₂; —R^(α)—SO₂NHR^(β);         —R^(α)—SO₂N(R^(β))₂; —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —R^(α)—NH₂;         —R^(α)—NHR^(β); —R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —CHO; —COR^(β); —COOH;         —COOR^(β); —OCOR^(β); —R^(α)—CHO; —R^(α)—COR^(β); —R^(α)—COOH;         —R^(α)—COOR^(β); —R^(α)—OCOR^(β); —NH—CHO; —NR^(β)—CHO;         —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); —CON(R^(β))₂;         —R^(α)—NH—CHO; —R^(α)—NR—CHO; —R^(α)—NH—COR^(β);         —R^(α)—NR—COR^(β); —R^(α)—CONH₂; —R^(α)—CONHR^(β);         —R^(α)—CON(R^(β))₂; —O—R^(α)—OH; —O—R^(α)—OR^(β); —O—R^(α)—NH₂;         —O—R^(α)—NHR^(β); —O—R^(α)—N(R¹)₂; —NH—R^(α)—OH;         —NH—R^(α)—OR^(β); —NH—R^(α)—NH₂; —NH—R^(α)—NHR^(β);         —NH—R^(β)—N(R^(β))₂; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—OH; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—OR^(β);         —NR^(β)—R^(α)—NH₂; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—NHR^(β);         —NR^(β)—R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; a C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl group optionally         substituted with one or more C₁-C₃ alkyl or C₁-C₃ haloalkyl         groups; a C₃-C₇ cycloalkenyl group optionally substituted with         one or more C₁-C₃ alkyl or C₁-C₃ haloalkyl groups; or a 3- to         7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic group optionally         substituted with one or more C₁-C₆ alkyl or C₁-C₆ haloalkyl         groups; and/or     -   (ii) any two hydrogen atoms attached to the same carbon or         nitrogen atom may optionally be replaced by a π-bonded         substituent independently selected from oxo (═O), ═S, ═NH or         ═NR^(β); and/or     -   (iii) any sulfur atom may optionally be substituted with one or         two π-bonded substituents independently selected from oxo (═O),         ═NH or ═NR^(β); and/or     -   (iv) any two hydrogen atoms attached to the same or different         atoms, within the same optionally substituted group or moiety,         may optionally be replaced by a bridging substituent         independently selected from —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(R^(β))— or         —R^(α)—;         -   wherein each —R^(α)— is independently selected from an             alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group, wherein the             alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group contains from 1 to             6 atoms in its backbone, wherein one or more carbon atoms in             the backbone of the alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group             may optionally be replaced by one or more heteroatoms N, O             or S, and wherein the alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene             group may optionally be substituted with one or more halo             and/or —R^(β) groups; and         -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆             alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group,             and wherein any —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with             one or more C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl,             —O(C₁-C₄ alkyl), —O(C₁-C₄ haloalkyl), —O(C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl),             halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —C≡CH, oxo (═O), or 4- to 6-membered             heterocyclic group.

Typically, in an optionally substituted group or moiety:

-   -   (i) each hydrogen atom may optionally be replaced by a group         independently selected from halo; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —R^(β); —OH;         —OR^(β); —R^(α)-halo; —R^(α)—CN; —R^(α)—NO₂; —R^(α)—N₃;         —R^(α)—R^(β); —R^(α)—OH; —R^(α)—OR^(β); —SH; —SR^(β); —SOR^(β);         —SO₂H; —SO₂R^(β); —SO₂NH₂; —SO₂NHR^(β); —SO₂N(R^(β))₂;         —R^(α)—SH; —R^(α)—SR^(β): —R^(α)—SOR^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂H;         —R^(α)—SO₂R^(β): —R^(α)—SO₂NH₂; —R^(α)—SO₂NHR^(β);         —R^(α)—SO₂N(R^(β))₂; —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —R^(α)—NH₂;         —R^(α)—NHR^(β); —R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —CHO; —COR^(β); —COOH;         —COOR^(β); —OCOR^(β); —R^(α)—CHO; —R^(α)—COR^(β); —R^(α)—COOH;         —R^(α)—COOR^(β); —R^(α)—OCOR^(β); —NH—CHO; —NR^(β)—CHO;         —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); —CON(R^(β))₂;         —R^(α)—NH—CHO; —R^(α)—NR—CHO; —R^(α)—NH—COR^(β);         —R^(α)—NR—COR^(β); —R^(α)—CONH₂; —R^(α)—CONHR^(β);         —R^(α)—CON(R^(β))₂; a C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl group optionally         substituted with one or more C₁-C₃ alkyl or C₁-C₃ haloalkyl         groups; a C₃-C₇ cycloalkenyl group optionally substituted with         one or more C₁-C₃ alkyl or C₁-C₃ haloalkyl groups; or a 3- to         7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic group optionally         substituted with one or more C₁-C₆ alkyl or C₁-C₆ haloalkyl         groups; and/or     -   (ii) any two hydrogen atoms attached to the same carbon atom may         optionally be replaced by a π-bonded substituent independently         selected from oxo (═O), ═S, ═NH or ═NR^(β); and/or     -   (iii) any two hydrogen atoms attached to the same or different         atoms, within the same optionally substituted group or moiety,         may optionally be replaced by a bridging substituent         independently selected from —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(R^(β))— or         —R^(α)—;         -   wherein each —R^(α)— is independently selected from an             alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group, wherein the             alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group contains from 1 to             6 atoms in its backbone, wherein one or more carbon atoms in             the backbone of the alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group             may optionally be replaced by one or more heteroatoms N, O             or S, and wherein the alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene             group may optionally be substituted with one or more halo             and/or —R^(β) groups; and         -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆             alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group,             and wherein any —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with             one or more C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl,             —O(C₁-C₄ alkyl), —O(C₁-C₄ haloalkyl), —O(C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl),             halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —C≡CH, oxo (═O), or 4- to 6-membered             heterocyclic group.

Typically, in an optionally substituted group or moiety:

-   -   (i) each hydrogen atom may optionally be replaced by a group         independently selected from halo; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —R^(β); —OH;         —OR^(β); —R^(α)-halo; —R^(α)—CN; —R^(α)—NO₂; —R^(α)—N₃;         —R^(α)—R^(β); —R^(α)—OH; —R^(α)—OR^(β); —SH; —SR^(β); —SOR^(β);         —SO₂H; —SO₂R^(β); —SO₂NH₂; —SO₂NHR^(β); —SO₂N(RP)₂; —R^(α)—SH;         —R^(α)—SR^(β); —R^(α)—SOR^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂H; —R^(α)—SO₂R^(β);         —R^(α)—SO₂NH₂; —R^(α)—SO₂NHR^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂N(RP)₂; —NH₂;         —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —R^(α)—NH₂; —R^(α)—NHR^(β);         —R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —CHO; —COR^(β); —COOH; —COOR^(β); —OCOR^(β);         —R^(α)—CHO; —R^(α)—COR^(β); —R^(α)—COOH; —R^(α)—COOR^(β);         —R^(α)—OCOR^(β); —NH—CHO; —NR^(β)—CHO; —NH—COR^(β);         —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); —CON(R^(β))₂;         —R^(α)—NH—CHO: —R^(α)—NR^(β)—CHO: —R^(α)—NH—COR^(β):         —R^(α)—NR^(β)—COR^(β); —R^(α)—CONH₂; —R^(α)—CONHR^(β);         —R^(α)—CON(R^(β))₂; a C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl group optionally         substituted with one or more C₁-C₃ alkyl or C₁-C₃ haloalkyl         groups; a C₃-C₇ cycloalkenyl group optionally substituted with         one or more C₁-C₃ alkyl or C₁-C₃ haloalkyl groups;

and/or

-   -   (ii) any two hydrogen atoms attached to the same carbon atom may         optionally be replaced by a π-bonded substituent independently         selected from oxo (═O), ═S, ═NH or ═NR^(β); and/or     -   (iii) any two hydrogen atoms attached to the same or different         atoms, within the same optionally substituted group or moiety,         may optionally be replaced by a bridging substituent         independently selected from —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(R^(β))— or         —R^(α)—;     -   wherein each —R^(α)— is independently selected from an alkylene,         alkenylene or alkynylene group, wherein the alkylene, alkenylene         or alkynylene group contains from 1 to 6 carbon atoms in its         backbone, and wherein the alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene         group may optionally be substituted with one or more halo and/or         —R^(β) groups;     -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆         alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group, and         wherein any —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or         more C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₄         alkyl), halo, —OH, —CN, —C≡CH, oxo (═O), or 4- to 6-membered         heterocyclic group;     -   wherein each —R^(δ) is independently selected from hydrogen,         C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₁-C₅ haloalkyl, —CO(C₁-C₃ alkyl) or C₃-C₆         cycloalkyl;     -   wherein each —R^(κ) is independently selected from hydrogen,         C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl or C₁-C₃ alkoxy;     -   wherein each m is independently selected from 1, 2 or 3; and     -   wherein each n is independently selected from 1, 2 or 3.

Typically a substituted group comprises 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents, more typically 1, 2 or 3 substituents, more typically 1 or 2 substituents, and more typically 1 substituent.

Unless stated otherwise, any divalent bridging substituent (e.g. —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(R^(β))— or —R^(α)—) of an optionally substituted group or moiety (e.g. R¹) must only be attached to the specified group or moiety and may not be attached to a second group or moiety (e.g. R²), even if the second group or moiety can itself be optionally substituted.

The term “halogen” or “halo” includes fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.

Unless stated otherwise, where a group is prefixed by the term “halo”, such as a haloalkyl or halomethyl group, it is to be understood that the group in question is substituted with one or more halo groups independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo. Typically, the maximum number of halo substituents is limited only by the number of hydrogen atoms available for substitution on the corresponding group without the halo prefix. For example, a halomethyl group may contain one, two or three halo substituents. A haloethyl or halophenyl group may contain one, two, three, four or five halo substituents. Similarly, unless stated otherwise, where a group is prefixed by a specific halo group, it is to be understood that the group in question is substituted with one or more of the specific halo groups. For example, the term “fluoromethyl” refers to a methyl group substituted with one, two or three fluoro groups.

Unless stated otherwise, where a group is said to be “halo-substituted”, it is to be understood that the group in question is substituted with one or more halo groups independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo. Typically, the maximum number of halo substituents is limited only by the number of hydrogen atoms available for substitution on the group said to be halo-substituted. For example, a halo-substituted methyl group may contain one, two or three halo substituents. A halo-substituted ethyl or halo-substituted phenyl group may contain one, two, three, four or five halo substituents.

Unless stated otherwise, any reference to an element is to be considered a reference to all isotopes of that element. Thus, for example, unless stated otherwise any reference to hydrogen is considered to encompass all isotopes of hydrogen including deuterium and tritium.

Where reference is made to a hydrocarbyl or other group including one or more heteroatoms N, O or S in its carbon skeleton, or where reference is made to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbyl or other group being replaced by an N, O or S atom, what is intended is that:

is replaced by

-   -   —CH₂— is replaced by —NH—, —O— or —S—;     -   —CH₃ is replaced by —NH₂, —OH or —SH;     -   —CH═ is replaced by —N═;     -   CH₂═ is replaced by NH═, O═ or S═; or     -   CH≡ is replaced by N≡;

provided that the resultant group comprises at least one carbon atom. For example, methoxy, dimethylamino and aminoethyl groups are considered to be hydrocarbyl groups including one or more heteroatoms N, O or S in their carbon skeleton.

In the context of the present specification, unless otherwise stated, a C_(x)-C_(y) group is defined as a group containing from x to y carbon atoms. For example, a C₁-C₄ alkyl group is defined as an alkyl group containing from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Optional substituents and moieties are not taken into account when calculating the total number of carbon atoms in the parent group substituted with the optional substituents and/or containing the optional moieties. For the avoidance of doubt, replacement heteroatoms, e.g. N, O or S, are to be counted as carbon atoms when calculating the number of carbon atoms in a C_(x)-C_(y) group. For example, a morpholinyl group is to be considered a C₆ heterocyclic group, not a C₄ heterocyclic group.

For the purposes of the present specification, where it is stated that a first atom or group is “directly attached” to a second atom or group it is to be understood that the first atom or group is covalently bonded to the second atom or group with no intervening atom(s) or group(s) being present. So, for example, for the group (C═O)N(CH₃)₂, the carbon atom of each methyl group is directly attached to the nitrogen atom and the carbon atom of the carbonyl group is directly attached to the nitrogen atom, but the carbon atom of the carbonyl group is not directly attached to the carbon atom of either methyl group.

R¹ is a 5-membered heteroaryl group, wherein the 5-membered ring structure consists of one or more carbon atoms, one or more nitrogen atoms and optionally one or more oxygen atoms, wherein R¹ is substituted with R⁶ and R¹ may optionally be further substituted. For the avoidance of doubt, it is noted that, since the 5-membered ring structure consists only of one or more carbon atoms, one or more nitrogen atoms and optionally one or more oxygen atoms, the 5-membered ring structure does not contain any other heteroatoms such as sulfur.

In one embodiment, R¹ is monocyclic. In one embodiment, R¹ is monocyclic and comprises one, two or three ring nitrogen atoms and optionally one or two ring oxygen atoms. In one embodiment, R¹ is monocyclic and comprises one or two ring nitrogen atoms and optionally one ring oxygen atom. In one embodiment, R¹ is a pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl or oxadiazolyl group. In one embodiment, R¹ is a pyrrolyl, imidazolyl or pyrazolyl group. In one embodiment, R¹ is an imidazolyl or pyrazolyl group.

Alternatively, R¹ may be substituted with a divalent bridging substituent such that R¹ is part of a bicyclic fused ring heteroaryl group. In one embodiment, such a substituted R¹ is an indolyl, 1,3-benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, 1,2,3-benzotriazolyl, 1,3-benzoxazolyl,1,2-benzisoxazolyl or 1,2,3-benzoxadiazolyl group. For the avoidance of doubt, it is noted that it is a ring atom of the 5-membered nitrogen-containing heteroaryl group of R¹ that is directly attached to the sulfur atom of the remainder of the molecule, not any substituent.

R¹ is substituted with R⁶, wherein R⁶ is any group comprising a nitrogen atom. R⁶ may be attached to any suitable ring atom of the 5-membered heteroaryl group of R¹. In one embodiment, R⁶ is attached to a ring nitrogen atom of the 5-membered heteroaryl group of R. In another embodiment, R⁶ is attached to a ring carbon atom of the 5-membered heteroaryl group of R.

In one embodiment, R⁶ is a saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbyl group, wherein the hydrocarbyl group may be straight-chained or branched, or be or include cyclic groups, wherein the hydrocarbyl group may optionally be substituted, wherein the hydrocarbyl group includes one or more nitrogen heteroatoms in its carbon skeleton or is substituted with one or more nitrogen heteroatoms, and wherein the hydrocarbyl group may optionally comprise one or more oxygen or sulfur heteroatoms in its carbon skeleton.

In one embodiment, R⁶ is a C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₈ alkenyl, C₂-C₈ alkynyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl or C₃-C₆ cycloalkenyl group substituted with one or more substituents (such as one, two or three substituents) independently selected from —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —R^(α)—CN; —R^(α)—NO₂; —R^(α)—N₃; —SO₂NH₂; —SO₂NHR^(β); —SO₂N(R^(β))₂; —R^(α)—SO₂NH₂; —R^(α)—SO₂NHR^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂N(R^(β))₂; —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —R^(α)—NH₂; —R^(α)—NHR^(β); —R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —NH—CHO; —NR^(β)—CHO; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); —CON(R^(β))₂; —R^(α)—NH—CHO; —R^(α)—NR—CHO; —R^(α)—NH—COR^(β); —R^(α)—NR—COR^(β); —R^(α)—CONH₂; —R^(α)—CONHR^(β); —R^(α)—CON(R^(β))₂; —O—R^(α)—NH₂; —O—R^(α)—NHR^(β); —O—R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —NH—R^(α)—OH; —NH—R^(α)—OR^(β); —NH—R^(α)—NH₂; —NH—R^(α)—NHR^(β); —NH—R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—OH; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—OR^(β); —NR^(β)—R^(α)—NH₂; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—NHR^(β); or —NR^(β)—R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂;

-   -   wherein the C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₈ alkenyl, C₂-C₈ alkynyl, C₃-C₆         cycloalkyl or C₃-C₆ cycloalkenyl group may optionally be further         substituted with one or more substituents (such as one, two or         three substituents) independently selected from halo; —OH;         —OR^(β); —SH; —SR^(β); —SO₂H; —SO₂R^(β); —R^(α)-halo; —R^(α)—OH;         —R^(α)—OR^(β); —R^(α)—SH; —R^(α)—SR^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂H;         —R^(α)—SO₂R^(β); or oxo (═O);     -   wherein each —R^(α)— is independently selected from an alkylene,         alkenylene or alkynylene group, wherein the alkylene, alkenylene         or alkynylene group contains from 1 to 6 atoms in its backbone,         wherein one or more carbon atoms in the backbone of the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         replaced by one or more heteroatoms N, O or S, and wherein the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         substituted with one or more halo and/or —R^(β) groups; and     -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆         alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group, and         wherein any —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or         more halo; —OH; —NH₂; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —SH; —SO₂H; —SO₂NH₂; or         oxo (═O).

In one embodiment, R⁶ is a C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl or C₂-C₆ alkynyl group substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —SO₂NH₂; —SO₂NHR^(β); —SO₂N(RP)₂; —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —NH—CHO; —NR^(β)—CHO; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); —CON(R^(β))₂; —O—R^(α)—NH₂; —O—R^(α)—NHR^(β); —O—R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —NH—R^(α)—OH; —NH—R^(α)—OR^(β); —NH—R^(α)—NH₂; —NH—R^(α)—NHR^(β); —NH—R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—OH; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—OR^(β); —NR^(β)—R^(α)—NH₂; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—NHR^(β); or —NR^(β)—R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂;

-   -   wherein the C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl or C₂-C₆ alkynyl group         may optionally be further substituted with one, two or three         substituents independently selected from halo; —OH; —OR^(β);         —SH; —SR^(β); —SO₂H; —SO₂R^(β); —R^(α)-halo; —R^(α)—OH;         —R^(α)—OR^(β); —R^(α)—SH; —R^(α)—SR^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂H;         —R^(α)—SO₂R^(β); or oxo (═O);     -   wherein each —R^(α)— is independently selected from an alkylene,         alkenylene or alkynylene group, wherein the alkylene, alkenylene         or alkynylene group contains from 1 to 6 atoms in its backbone,         wherein one or two carbon atoms in the backbone of the alkylene,         alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be replaced by one         or two heteroatoms N, O or S, and wherein the alkylene,         alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be substituted         with one, two or three halo and/or —R^(β) groups; and wherein         each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆         alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group, and wherein any         —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one, two or three         halo; —OH; —NH₂; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —SH; —SO₂H; —SO₂NH₂; or oxo         (═O).

In one embodiment, R⁶ is a C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl or C₂-C₅ alkynyl group substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —SO₂NH₂; —SO₂NHR^(β); —SO₂N(RP)₂; —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —NH—CHO; —NR^(β)—CHO; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); or —CON(R^(β))₂;

-   -   wherein the C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl or C₂-C₅ alkynyl group         may optionally be further substituted with one, two or three         substituents independently selected from halo; —OH; —OR^(β);         —SH; —SR^(β); —SO₂H; —SO₂R^(β); or oxo (═O); and     -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₅         alkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl or C₂-C₅ alkynyl group, and wherein any         —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one, two or three         halo; —OH; —NH₂; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —SH; —SO₂H; —SO₂NH₂; or oxo         (═O).

In one embodiment, R⁶ is a C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl or C₂-C₅ alkynyl group substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —NH—CHO; —NR^(β)—CHO; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); or —CON(R^(β))₂;

-   -   wherein the C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl or C₂-C₅ alkynyl group         may optionally be further substituted with one or two         substituents independently selected from halo; —OH; —OR^(β); or         oxo (═O); and     -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₄         alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl or C₂-C₄ alkynyl group, and wherein any         —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one, two or three         halo; —OH; —NH₂; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; or oxo (═O).

In one embodiment, R⁶ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl group substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); or —CON(R^(β))₂; wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl.

Typically, R⁶ is a group selected from:

Alternatively, R⁶ may be a heterocyclyl group comprising at least one nitrogen atom in the ring structure, wherein the heterocyclyl group may optionally be substituted. Such a heterocyclyl group may be selected from an azetinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl or oxadiazolyl group, all of which may optionally be substituted. In one embodiment, the heterocyclyl group is selected from an azetinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl or thiomorpholinyl group, all of which may optionally be substituted.

In one embodiment, when R⁶ is an optionally substituted heterocyclyl group, the optional substituent may be selected from halo; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —R^(β); —OH; —OR^(β); —R^(α)-halo; —R^(α)—CN; —R^(α)—NO₂; —R^(α)—N₃; —R^(α)—R^(β); —R^(α)—OH; —R^(α)—OR^(β); —SH; —SR^(β); —SOR^(β); —SO₂H; —SO₂R^(β); —SO₂NH₂; —SO₂NHR^(β); —SO₂N(R^(β))₂; —R^(α)—SH; —R^(α)—SR^(β); —R^(α)—SOR^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂H; —R^(α)—SO₂R^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂NH₂; —R^(α)—SO₂NHR^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂N(R^(β))₂; —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —R^(α)—NH₂; —R^(α)—NHR^(β); —R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —CHO; —COR^(β); —COOH; —COOR^(β); —OCOR^(β); —R^(α)—CHO; —R^(α)—COR^(β); —R^(α)—COOH; —R^(α)—COOR^(β); —R^(α)—OCOR^(β); —NH—CHO; —NR^(β)—CHO; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); —CON(R^(β))₂; —R^(α)—NH—CHO; —R^(α)—NR^(β)—CHO; —R^(α)—NH—COR^(β); —R^(α)—NR^(β)—COR^(β); —R^(α)—CONH₂; —R^(α)—CONHR^(β); —R^(α)—CON(R^(β))₂; —O—R^(α)—OH; —O—R^(α)—OR^(β); —O—R^(α)—NH₂; —O—R^(α)—NHR^(β); —O—R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —NH—R^(α)—OH; —NH—R^(α)—OR^(β); —NH—R^(α)—NH₂; —NH—R^(α)—NHR^(β); —NH—R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—OH; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—OR^(β); —NR^(β)—R^(α)—NH₂; —NR^(β)—R^(α)—NHR^(β); —NR^(β)—R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; or oxo (═O);

-   -   wherein each —R^(α)— is independently selected from an alkylene,         alkenylene or alkynylene group, wherein the alkylene, alkenylene         or alkynylene group contains from 1 to 6 atoms in its backbone,         wherein one or more carbon atoms in the backbone of the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         replaced by one or more heteroatoms N, O or S, and wherein the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         substituted with one or more halo and/or —R^(β) groups; and     -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆         alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group, and         wherein any —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or         more C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₄         alkyl), —O(C₁-C₄ haloalkyl), —O(C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl), halo, —OH,         —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —N₃, —SH, —SO₂H, —SO₂NH₂, —C≡CH, oxo (═O), or         4- to 6-membered heterocyclic group.

In one embodiment, when R⁶ is an optionally substituted heterocyclyl group, the optional substituent may be selected from halo; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —R^(β); —OH; —OR^(β); —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —R^(α)—NH₂; —R^(α)—NHR^(β); —R^(α)—N(R^(β))₂; —CHO; —COR^(β); —COOR^(β); —OCOR^(β); —NH—CHO; —NR^(β)—CHO; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); —CON(R^(β))₂; or oxo (═O);

-   -   wherein each —R^(α)— is independently selected from an alkylene,         alkenylene or alkynylene group, wherein the alkylene, alkenylene         or alkynylene group contains from 1 to 6 atoms in its backbone,         wherein one or more carbon atoms in the backbone of the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         replaced by one or two heteroatoms N, O or S, and wherein the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         substituted with one or more halo and/or —R^(β) groups; and     -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆         alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl or C₂-C₆ alkynyl group, and wherein any         —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or more halo, —OH,         —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —N₃, —SH, —SO₂H, —SO₂NH₂, or oxo (═O).

In one embodiment, when R⁶ is an optionally substituted heterocyclyl group, the optional substituent may be selected from halo; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —R^(β); —OH; —OR^(β); —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —CHO; —CORP; —COOR^(β); —OCOR^(β); —NH—CHO; —NR^(β)—CHO; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); —CON(R^(β))₂; or oxo (═O);

-   -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆         alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl or C₂-C₆ alkynyl group, and wherein any         —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or more halo, —OH,         —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —N₃, —SH, —SO₂H, —SO₂NH₂, or oxo (═O).

In one embodiment, when R⁶ is an optionally substituted heterocyclyl group, the optional substituent may be selected from halo; —OH; —NH₂; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; or oxo (═O).

When R⁶ is a heterocyclyl group comprising at least one nitrogen atom in the ring structure, typically R⁶ is a group selected from:

R¹ is substituted with R⁶ and may optionally be further substituted.

Further substituents on R¹ may be selected from halo; —R^(β); —OH; —OR^(β); —R^(α)-halo; —R^(α)—R^(β); —R^(α)—OH; —R^(α)—OR^(β); —SH; —SR^(β); —SOR^(β); —SO₂H; —SO₂R^(β); —R^(α)—SH; —R^(α)—SR^(β); —R^(α)—SOR^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂H; —R^(α)—SO₂R^(β); —CHO; —CORP; —COOH; —COOR^(β); —OCOR^(β); —R^(α)—CHO; —R^(α)—COR^(β); —R^(α)—COOH; —R^(α)—COOR^(β); —R^(α)—OCOR^(β); —O—R^(α)—OH; or —O—R^(α)—OR^(β);

-   -   wherein each —R^(α)— is independently selected from an alkylene,         alkenylene or alkynylene group, wherein the alkylene, alkenylene         or alkynylene group contains from 1 to 6 atoms in its backbone,         wherein one or more carbon atoms in the backbone of the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         replaced by one or more heteroatoms N, O or S, and wherein the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         substituted with one or more halo and/or —R^(β) groups; and     -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆         alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group, and         wherein any —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or         more C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₄         alkyl), —O(C₁-C₄ haloalkyl), —O(C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl), halo, —OH,         —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —N₃, —SH, —SO₂H, —SO₂NH₂, —C≡CH, oxo (═O), or         4- to 6-membered heterocyclic group.

In one embodiment, further substituents on R¹ may be selected from halo; —R^(β); —OH; —OR^(β); —R^(α)-halo; —R^(α)—R^(β); —R^(α)—OH; —R^(α)—OR^(β); —SH; —SR^(β); —SOR^(β); —SO₂H; —SO₂R^(β); —R^(α)—SH; —R^(α)—SR^(β); —R^(α)—SOR^(β); —R^(α)—SO₂H; —R^(α)—SO₂R^(β); —CHO; —CORP; —COOH; —COOR^(β); —OCOR^(β); —R^(α)—CHO; —R^(α)—COR^(β); —R^(α)—COOH; —R^(α)—COOR^(β); —R^(α)—OCOR^(β); —O—R^(α)—OH; or —O—R^(α)—OR^(β);

-   -   wherein each —R^(α)— is independently selected from an alkylene,         alkenylene or alkynylene group, wherein the alkylene, alkenylene         or alkynylene group contains from 1 to 6 atoms in its backbone,         wherein one or more carbon atoms in the backbone of the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         replaced by one or two heteroatoms N, O or S, and wherein the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         substituted with one or more halo and/or —R^(β) groups; and     -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆         alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl or C₂-C₆ alkynyl group, and wherein any         —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or more halo, —OH,         —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —N₃, —SH, —SO₂H, —SO₂NH₂, or oxo (═O).

In one embodiment, further substituents on R¹ may be selected from halo; —R^(β); —OH; —OR^(β); —R^(α)-halo; —R^(α)—R^(β); —R^(α)—OH; —R^(α)—OR^(β); —CHO; —CORP; —COOR^(β); —OCOR^(β); —R^(α)—CHO; —R^(α)—COR^(β); —R^(α)—COOR^(β); —R^(α)—OCOR^(β); —O—R^(α)—OH; or —O—R^(α)—OR^(β);

-   -   wherein each —R^(α)— is independently selected from an alkylene,         alkenylene or alkynylene group, wherein the alkylene, alkenylene         or alkynylene group contains from 1 to 6 atoms in its backbone,         wherein one or more carbon atoms in the backbone of the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         replaced by one or two heteroatoms N or O, and wherein the         alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be         substituted with one or more halo and/or —R^(β) groups; and         wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆         alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl or C₂-C₆ alkynyl group, and wherein any         —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or more halo, —OH,         —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —N₃, —SH, —SO₂H, —SO₂NH₂, or oxo (═O).

In one embodiment, further substituents on R¹ may be selected from halo; —R^(β); —OH; —OR^(β); —CHO; —CORP; —COOR^(β); or —OCOR^(β);

-   -   wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆         alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl or C₂-C₆ alkynyl group, and wherein any         —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or more halo, —OH,         —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —N₃, —SH, —SO₂H, —SO₂NH₂, or oxo (═O).

In one embodiment, further substituents on R¹ may be selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl group, all optionally substituted with one or more chloro or fluoro groups. In one embodiment, further substituents on R¹ may be selected from a C₁-C₅ alkyl or C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl group, all optionally substituted with one or more chloro or fluoro groups. In one embodiment, further substituents on R¹ may be selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl and cyclopropyl.

In one embodiment, R¹ is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 further substituents. In one embodiment, R¹ is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 further substituents. In one embodiment, R¹ is optionally substituted with one further substituent. In one embodiment, R¹ is substituted with one further substituent. In one embodiment, R¹ is only substituted with R⁶, but no further substituents.

Any such further substituents may be attached to any suitable ring atom of the 5-membered heteroaryl group of R¹. In one embodiment, a further substituent is attached to a ring nitrogen atom of the 5-membered heteroaryl group of R¹. In another embodiment, a further substituent is attached to a ring carbon atom of the 5-membered heteroaryl group of R¹.

In one embodiment, R¹ is substituted with R⁶ and one further substituent. In one embodiment, R¹ is substituted with R⁶ and one further substituent, wherein R⁶ is attached to a ring carbon atom of the 5-membered heteroaryl group of R¹ and the further substituent is attached to a ring nitrogen atom of the 5-membered heteroaryl group of R¹.

In one aspect of any of the above embodiments, R¹ contains from 6 to 35 atoms other than hydrogen. More typically, R¹ contains from 7 to 25 atoms other than hydrogen. More typically, R¹ contains from 7 to 20 atoms other than hydrogen. More typically, R¹ contains from 7 to 15 atoms other than hydrogen.

R² is a cyclic group substituted at the α and α′ positions, wherein R² may optionally be further substituted. For the avoidance of doubt, it is noted that it is a ring atom of the cyclic group of R² that is directly attached to the carbon atom of the remainder of the molecule, not any substituent.

As used herein, the nomenclature α, β, α′, β′ refers to the position of the atoms of a cyclic group, such as —R², relative to the point of attachment of the cyclic group to the remainder of the molecule. For example, where —R² is a 1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl moiety, the α, β, α′ and β′ positions are as follows:

For the avoidance of doubt, where it is stated that a cyclic group, such as an aryl or a heteroaryl group, is substituted at the α and α′ positions, it is to be understood that the hydrogen atoms at the α and α′ positions respectively are replaced by substituents, such as any optional substituent as defined above. Unless stated otherwise, the term ‘substituted’ does not include the replacement of one or more ring carbon atoms by one or more ring heteroatoms.

In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted cyclic group of R² is a 5- or 6-membered cyclic group, wherein the cyclic group may optionally be further substituted. In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted cyclic group of R² is an aryl or a heteroaryl group, all of which may optionally be further substituted. In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted cyclic group of R² is a phenyl or a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, all of which may optionally be further substituted. In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted cyclic group of R² is phenyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl or isothiazolyl, all of which may optionally be further substituted. In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted cyclic group of R² is phenyl, pyridinyl or pyrazolyl, all of which may optionally be further substituted. In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted cyclic group of R² is a phenyl group substituted at the 2- and 6-positions, or substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-positions, or substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4- and 6-positions.

In another embodiment, R² is a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or non-aromatic heterocyclic group substituted at the α and α′ positions, wherein R² may optionally be further substituted.

In any of the above embodiments, typical substituents at the α and/or α′ positions of the parent cyclic group of R² comprise a carbon atom. For example, typical substituents at the α and/or α′ positions may be independently selected from —R⁷, —OR⁷ and —COR⁷ groups, wherein each R⁷ is independently selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and wherein each R⁷ is optionally further substituted with one or more halo groups. More typically, the substituents at the α and/or α′ positions are independently selected from alkyl and cycloalkyl groups, such as C₃-C₆ branched alkyl and C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl groups, e.g. isopropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl or t-butyl groups, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl groups are optionally further substituted with one or more fluoro and/or chloro groups.

In one aspect of any of the above embodiments, at least one substituent at the α and/or α′ positions comprises a carbon atom. Typically, each substituent at the α and/or α′ positions comprises a carbon atom. More typically, R² is substituted at the α and α′ positions and both substituents at the α and α′ positions comprise a carbon atom.

Other typical substituents at the α and/or α′ positions of the parent cyclic group of R² may include cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl rings which are fused to the parent cyclic group across the α,β and/or α′,β′ positions respectively. Such fused cyclic groups are described in greater detail below.

In one embodiment, R² is a fused aryl or a fused heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl group is fused to one or more cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl rings, wherein R² may optionally be further substituted. Typically, a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring is fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group across the α,β positions, and the aryl or heteroaryl group is further substituted at the α′ position, for example with a substituent selected from —R⁷, —OR⁷ and —COR⁷, wherein each R⁷ is independently selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and wherein each R⁷ is optionally further substituted with one or more halo groups, and wherein R² may optionally be further substituted. Typically in such an embodiment, R² is bicyclic or tricyclic.

More typically, R² is a fused phenyl or a fused 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, wherein the phenyl or the 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is fused to one or more cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl rings, wherein R² may optionally be further substituted. Typically, a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring is fused to the phenyl or the 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group across the α,β positions so as to form a 4- to 6-membered fused ring structure, and the phenyl or the 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is further substituted at the α′ position, for example with a substituent selected from —R⁷, —OR⁷ and —COR⁷, wherein each R⁷ is independently selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and wherein each R⁷ is optionally further substituted with one or more halo groups, and wherein R² may optionally be further substituted. Typically in such an embodiment, R² is bicyclic or tricyclic.

In another embodiment, R² is a fused aryl or a fused heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl group is fused to two or more independently selected cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl rings, wherein R² may optionally be further substituted. Typically, the two or more cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl rings are each ortho-fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group, i.e. each fused cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring has only two atoms and one bond in common with the aryl or heteroaryl group. Typically in such an embodiment, R² is tricyclic.

In yet another embodiment, R² is a fused aryl or a fused heteroaryl group, wherein a first cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring is fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group across the α,β positions and a second cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring is fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group across the α′,β′ positions, wherein R² may optionally be further substituted. Typically in such an embodiment, R² is tricyclic.

More typically, R² is a fused phenyl or a fused 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, wherein a first cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring is fused to the phenyl or the 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group across the α,β positions so as to form a first 4- to 6-membered fused ring structure, and a second cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring is fused to the phenyl or the 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group across the α′,β′ positions so as to form a second 4- to 6-membered fused ring structure, wherein R² may optionally be further substituted. Typically in such an embodiment, R² is tricyclic.

In one embodiment, —R² has a formula selected from:

wherein:

-   -   A¹ and A² are each independently selected from an optionally         substituted alkylene or alkenylene group, wherein one or more         carbon atoms in the backbone of the alkylene or alkenylene group         may optionally be replaced by one or more heteroatoms N, O or S;     -   each R^(a) is independently selected from —R^(aa), —OR^(aa) or         —COR^(aa);     -   each R^(b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, —NO₂,         —CN, —R^(aa), —OR^(aa) or —COR^(aa);     -   provided that any R^(a) or R^(b) that is directly attached to a         ring nitrogen atom is not halo, —NO₂, —CN, or —OR^(aa);     -   each R^(c) is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, —OH,         —NO₂, —CN, —R^(cc)—, —OR^(cc), —COR^(cc), —COOR^(cc), —CONH₂,         —CONHR^(cc) or —CON(R^(cc))₂;     -   each R^(aa) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆         alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or a 3- to 7-membered cyclic group,         wherein each R^(aa) is optionally substituted; and     -   each R^(cc) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆         alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or a 3- to 7-membered cyclic group, or         any two R^(cc) attached to the same nitrogen atom may, together         with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 3- to         7-membered heterocyclic group, wherein each R^(cc) is optionally         substituted.

Typically, any ring containing A¹ or A² is a 5- or 6-membered ring. Typically, A¹ and A² are each independently selected from an optionally substituted straight-chained alkylene group or an optionally substituted straight-chained alkenylene group, wherein one or two carbon atoms in the backbone of the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally be replaced by one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen and oxygen. More typically, A¹ and A² are each independently selected from an optionally substituted straight-chained alkylene group, wherein one carbon atom in the backbone of the alkylene group may optionally be replaced by an oxygen atom. Typically, no heteroatom in A¹ or A² is directly attached to another ring heteroatom. Typically, A¹ and A² are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, —OH, —CN, —NO₂, C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁-C₄ haloalkyl). More typically, A¹ and A² are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more fluoro and/or chloro groups. Where R² contains both A¹ and A² groups, A¹ and A² may be the same or different. Typically, A¹ and A² are the same.

Where R^(aa) is a substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl or C₂-C₆ alkynyl group, typically the C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl or C₂-C₆ alkynyl group is substituted with one or more (e.g. one or two) substituents independently selected from halo, —OH, —CN, —NO₂, —O(C₁-C₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁-C₄ haloalkyl).

Where R^(aa) is a substituted 3- to 7-membered cyclic group, typically the 3- to 7-membered cyclic group is substituted with one or more (e.g. one or two) substituents independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B¹, —OB¹, —NHB¹, —N(B¹)₂, —CONH₂, —CONHB¹, —CON(B¹)₂, —NHCOB¹, —NB¹COB¹, or —B¹¹—;

-   -   wherein each B is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl,         C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₄ alkynyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl or phenyl group,         or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two         ring heteroatoms N and/or O, or two B¹ together with the         nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a 4- to         6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two ring         heteroatoms N and/or O, wherein any B¹ may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB¹², —NHB¹² or         —N(B¹²)₂;     -   wherein each B¹¹ is independently selected from a C₁-C₈ alkylene         or C₂-C₈ alkenylene group, wherein one or two carbon atoms in         the backbone of the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally         be replaced by one or two heteroatoms N and/or O, and wherein         the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB¹², —NHB¹² or         —N(B¹²)₂; and     -   wherein each B¹² is independently selected from a C₁-C₃ alkyl or         C₁-C₃ haloalkyl group. Typically, any divalent group —B¹¹— forms         a 4- to 6-membered fused ring.

Typically, each R^(a) is —R^(aa). More typically, each R^(a) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl (in particular C₃-C₆ branched alkyl) or C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl group, wherein each R^(a) is optionally further substituted with one or more halo groups. More typically, each R^(a) is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₄ cycloalkyl or C₃-C₄ halocycloalkyl group. Where a group R^(a) is present at both the α- and α′-positions, each R^(a) may be the same or different. Typically, each R^(a) is the same.

Typically, each R^(b) is independently selected from hydrogen or halo. More typically, each R^(b) is hydrogen.

Typically, each R^(c) is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, —OH, —NO₂, —CN, —R^(cc) or —OR^(cc). More typically, each R^(c) is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, cyclopropyl or halocyclopropyl. Most typically, each R^(c) is independently selected from hydrogen or halo.

Typically, each R^(cc) is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl group, or any two R^(cc) attached to the same nitrogen atom may, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 3- to 6-membered saturated heterocyclic group, wherein each R^(cc) is optionally substituted. Where R^(cc) is substituted, typically R^(cc) is substituted with one or more halo, —OH, —CN, —NO₂, —O(C₁-C₄ alkyl) or —O(C₁-C₄ haloalkyl) groups. More typically, each R^(cc) is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₄ cycloalkyl or C₃-C₄ halocycloalkyl group.

In one embodiment, —R² has a formula selected from:

wherein R⁸ and R⁹ are independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₄ cycloalkyl and C₃-C₄ halocycloalkyl, and R^(d) is hydrogen, halo, —OH, —NO₂, —CN, —R^(dd), —OR^(dd), —COR^(dd), —COOR^(dd), —CONH₂, —CONHR^(dd) or —CON(R^(dd))₂, wherein each —R^(dd) is independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₄ cycloalkyl and C₃-C₄ halocycloalkyl. Typically, R⁸ and R⁹ are independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl, and R^(d) is hydrogen, halo, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, cyclopropyl or halocyclopropyl. More typically, R⁸ and R⁹ are independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl, and R^(d) is hydrogen or halo.

In one embodiment, —R² has a formula selected from:

wherein R⁸ and R⁹ are independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, and X¹ and X² are independently selected from hydrogen, halo or —CN.

Typically, —R² has a formula selected from:

In one embodiment, —R² has a formula selected from:

wherein A¹ and A² are each independently selected from an optionally substituted alkylene or alkenylene group, wherein one or more carbon atoms in the backbone of the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally be replaced by one or more heteroatoms N, O or S, and wherein R^(e) is hydrogen or any optional substituent. R^(e) and any optional substituent attached to A¹ or A² may together with the atoms to which they are attached form a further fused cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring which may itself be optionally substituted. Similarly, any optional substituent attached to A¹ and any optional substituent attached to A² may also together with the atoms to which they are attached form a further fused cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring which may itself be optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, R^(e) is hydrogen, halo, —OH, —NO₂, —CN, —R^(ee), —OR^(ee), —COR^(ee), —COOR^(ee), —CONH₂, —CONHR^(ee) or —CON(R^(ee))₂, wherein each —R^(ee) is independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₄ cycloalkyl and C₃-C₄ halocycloalkyl. Typically, R^(e) is hydrogen or a halo, hydroxyl, —CN, —NO₂, —R^(ee) or —OR^(ee) group, wherein R^(ee) is a C₁-C₄ alkyl group which may optionally be halo-substituted. More typically, R^(e) is hydrogen or halo.

Typically, any ring containing A¹ or A² is a 5- or 6-membered ring.

Typically, A¹ and A² are each independently selected from an optionally substituted straight-chained alkylene group or an optionally substituted straight-chained alkenylene group, wherein one or two carbon atoms in the backbone of the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally be replaced by one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen and oxygen. More typically, A¹ and A² are each independently selected from an optionally substituted straight-chained alkylene group, wherein one carbon atom in the backbone of the alkylene group may optionally be replaced by an oxygen atom. Typically, no heteroatom in A¹ or A² is directly attached to another ring heteroatom. Typically, A¹ and A² are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halo, hydroxyl, —CN, —NO₂, —B³ or —OB³ groups, wherein B³ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl group which may optionally be halo-substituted. More typically, A¹ and A² are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more fluoro and/or chloro groups. Where R² contains both A and A² groups, A¹ and A² may be the same or different. Typically, A¹ and A² are the same.

In a further embodiment, —R² has a formula selected from:

wherein R⁹ is C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₄ cycloalkyl or C₃-C₄ halocycloalkyl, and R^(f) is hydrogen, halo, —OH, —NO₂, —CN, —R^(ff), —OR^(ff), —COR^(ff), —COOR^(ff), —CONH₂, —CONHR^(ff) or —CON(R^(ff))₂, wherein each —R^(ff) is independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₄ cycloalkyl and C₃-C₄ halocycloalkyl. Typically, R⁹ is C₁-C₄ alkyl, and R^(f) is hydrogen, halo, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, cyclopropyl or halocyclopropyl.

Typically, R⁹ is C₁-C₄ alkyl, and R^(f) is hydrogen or halo.

Typically, —R² has a formula selected from:

More typically, —R² has the formula:

Yet other typical substituents at the α-position of the parent cyclic group of R² may include monovalent heterocyclic groups and monovalent aromatic groups, wherein a ring atom of the heterocyclic or aromatic group is directly attached via a single bond to the α-ring atom of the parent cyclic group, wherein the heterocyclic or aromatic group may optionally be substituted, and wherein the parent cyclic group is substituted at the α′-position and may optionally be further substituted. Such R² groups are described in greater detail below.

In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted parent cyclic group of R² is a 5- or 6-membered cyclic group, wherein the cyclic group may optionally be further substituted. In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted parent cyclic group of R² is an aryl or a heteroaryl group, all of which may optionally be further substituted. In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted parent cyclic group of R² is a phenyl or a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group, all of which may optionally be further substituted. In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted parent cyclic group of R² is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl or oxadiazolyl group, all of which may optionally be further substituted. In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted parent cyclic group of R² is a phenyl, pyridinyl or pyrrolyl group, all of which may optionally be further substituted. In one embodiment, the α,α′-substituted parent cyclic group of R² is a phenyl or pyrazolyl group, both of which may optionally be further substituted. In a further embodiment, the α,α′-substituted parent cyclic group of R² is a phenyl group, which may optionally be further substituted. For example, the α,α′-substituted parent cyclic group of R² may be a phenyl group substituted at the 2- and 6-positions, or substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-positions, or substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4- and 6-positions.

In one embodiment, R² is a parent cyclic group substituted at the α-position with a monovalent heterocyclic group or a monovalent aromatic group, wherein the heterocyclic or aromatic group may optionally be substituted, and wherein the parent cyclic group is substituted at the α′-position and may optionally be further substituted. In one embodiment, the monovalent heterocyclic or aromatic group at the α-position is a phenyl or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group, all of which may optionally be substituted. In one embodiment, the monovalent heterocyclic or aromatic group at the α-position is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, azetinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,2-oxathiolanyl, 1,3-oxathiolanyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thianyl, piperazinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl or thiomorpholinyl group, all of which may optionally be substituted. In one embodiment, the monovalent heterocyclic or aromatic group at the α-position is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, piperidinyl or tetrahydropyranyl group, all of which may optionally be substituted. In one embodiment, the monovalent heterocyclic or aromatic group at the α-position is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl or tetrahydropyranyl group, all of which may optionally be substituted.

For any of these monovalent heterocyclic or aromatic groups at the α-position mentioned in the immediately preceding paragraph, the monovalent heterocyclic or aromatic group may optionally be substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁴, —OB⁴, —NHB⁴, —N(B⁴)₂, —CONH₂, —CONHB⁴, —CON(B⁴)₂, —NHCOB⁴, —NB⁴COB⁴, or —B⁴⁴—;

-   -   wherein each B⁴ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl,         C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₄ alkynyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl or phenyl group,         or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two         ring heteroatoms N and/or O, or two B⁴ together with the         nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a 4- to         6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two ring         heteroatoms N and/or O, wherein any B⁴ may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB⁴⁵, —NHB⁴⁵ or         —N(B⁴⁵)₂;     -   wherein each B⁴⁴ is independently selected from a C₁-C₈ alkylene         or C₂-C₈ alkenylene group, wherein one or two carbon atoms in         the backbone of the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally         be replaced by one or two heteroatoms N and/or O, and wherein         the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB⁴⁵, —NHB⁴⁵ or         —N(B⁴⁵)₂; and     -   wherein each B⁴⁵ is independently selected from a C₁-C₃ alkyl or         C₁-C₃ haloalkyl group.

Typically, any divalent group —B⁴⁴— forms a 4- to 6-membered fused ring.

In one embodiment, the monovalent heterocyclic or aromatic group at the α-position is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazolyl group, all of which may optionally be substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁴, —OB⁴, —NHB⁴ or —N(B⁴)₂, wherein each B⁴ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl or C₂-C₄ alkynyl group all of which may optionally be halo-substituted. In one embodiment, the monovalent heterocyclic group at the α-position is a pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl or pyridin-4-yl group, all of which may optionally be substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁴, —OB⁴, —NHB⁴ or —N(B⁴)₂, wherein each B⁴ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl or C₂-C₄ alkynyl group all of which may optionally be halo-substituted. In one embodiment, the monovalent heterocyclic group at the α-position is an unsubstituted pyridin-3-yl group or a pyridin-4-yl group optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁴, —OB⁴, —NHB⁴ or —N(B⁴)₂, wherein each B⁴ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl or C₂-C₄ alkynyl group all of which may optionally be halo-substituted.

In one embodiment, the monovalent heterocyclic or aromatic group at the α-position is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazolyl group, all of which may optionally be substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₂-C₃ alkenyl, C₂-C₃ alkynyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₃ alkyl) or —N(C₁-C₃ alkyl)₂. In one embodiment, the monovalent heterocyclic group at the α-position is a pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl or pyridin-4-yl group, all of which may optionally be substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₂-C₃ alkenyl, C₂-C₃ alkynyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₃ alkyl) or —N(C₁-C₃ alkyl)₂. In one embodiment, the monovalent heterocyclic group at the α-position is an unsubstituted pyridin-3-yl group or a pyridin-4-yl group optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₂-C₃ alkenyl, C₂-C₃ alkynyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₃ alkyl) or —N(C₁-C₃ alkyl)₂.

In one embodiment, R² is a parent cyclic group substituted at the α-position with a monovalent heterocyclic group or a monovalent aromatic group, wherein the heterocyclic or aromatic group may optionally be substituted, and wherein the parent cyclic group is substituted at the α′-position and may optionally be further substituted. The substituent at the α′ position and any optional further substituents on the α-substituted parent cyclic group of R² may be independently selected from halo, —CN, —R^(ε), —OR^(ε) or —COR^(ε) groups, wherein each R^(ε) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and wherein each R^(ε) is optionally further substituted with one or more halo groups. Typically, the substituent at the α′ position and any optional further substituents on the α-substituted parent cyclic group of R² are independently selected from halo, —CN, C₁-C₆ alkyl (in particular C₃-C₆ branched alkyl) or C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl groups, e.g. fluoro, chloro, —CN, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl or t-butyl groups, wherein the alkyl and cycloalkyl groups are optionally further substituted with one or more fluoro and/or chloro groups.

In one embodiment, —R² has a formula selected from:

wherein R¹⁰ is C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl or C₃-C₆ halocycloalkyl, R¹ is a 5- or 6-membered, optionally substituted heterocyclic or aromatic group, and R^(g) is hydrogen, halo, —OH, —NO₂, —CN, —R^(gg), —OR^(gg), —COR^(gg), —COOR^(gg), —CONH₂, —CONHR^(gg) or —CON(R⁹⁹)₂, wherein each —R^(gg) is independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₄ cycloalkyl and C₃-C₄ halocycloalkyl. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁵, —OB⁵, —NHB⁵, —N(B⁵)₂, —CONH₂, —CONHB⁵, —CON(B⁵)₂, —NHCOB⁵, —NB⁵COB⁵, or —B⁵⁵—;

-   -   wherein each B⁵ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl,         C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₄ alkynyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl or phenyl group,         or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two         ring heteroatoms N and/or O, or two B⁵ together with the         nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a 4- to         6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two ring         heteroatoms N and/or O, wherein any B⁵ may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB⁵⁶, —NHB⁵⁶ or         —N(B⁵⁶)₂;     -   wherein each B⁵⁵ is independently selected from a C₁-C₈ alkylene         or C₂-C₈ alkenylene group, wherein one or two carbon atoms in         the backbone of the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally         be replaced by one or two heteroatoms N and/or O, and wherein         the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB⁵⁶, —NHB⁵⁶ or         —N(B⁵⁶)₂; and     -   wherein each B⁵⁶ is independently selected from a C₁-C₃ alkyl or         C₁-C₃ haloalkyl group.

Typically, any divalent group —B⁵⁵— forms a 4- to 6-membered fused ring. Typically, R¹⁰ is C₁-C₄ alkyl, R¹¹ is a 5- or 6-membered, optionally substituted heterocyclic or aromatic group, and R^(g) is hydrogen, halo, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, cyclopropyl or halocyclopropyl. More typically, R¹⁰ is C₁-C₄ alkyl, R¹¹ is a 5- or 6-membered, optionally substituted heterocyclic or aromatic group, and R^(g) is hydrogen or halo. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁵, —OB⁵, —NHB⁵ or —N(B⁵)₂, wherein each B⁵ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl or C₂-C₄ alkynyl group all of which may optionally be halo-substituted. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₂-C₃ alkenyl, C₂-C₃ alkynyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₃ alkyl) or —N(C₁-C₃ alkyl)₂.

In one embodiment, —R² has a formula selected from:

wherein R¹⁰ is C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, R¹¹ is a 5- or 6-membered, optionally substituted heterocyclic or aromatic group, X¹ is hydrogen, halo or —CN, and X² is hydrogen, halo or —CN. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₂-C₃ alkenyl, C₂-C₃ alkynyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₃ alkyl) or —N(C₁-C₃ alkyl)₂.

Typically, —R² has a formula selected from:

wherein R¹¹ is a 5- or 6-membered, optionally substituted heterocyclic or aromatic group. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁶, —OB⁶, —NHB⁶, —N(B⁶)₂, —CONH₂, —CONHB⁶, —CON(B⁶)₂, —NHCOB⁶, —NB⁶COB⁶, or —B⁶⁶—;

-   -   wherein each B⁶ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl,         C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₄ alkynyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl or phenyl group,         or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two         ring heteroatoms N and/or O, or two B⁶ together with the         nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a 4- to         6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two ring         heteroatoms N and/or O, wherein any B⁶ may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —B⁶⁷, —NHB⁶⁷ or —N(B⁶⁷)₂;     -   wherein each B⁶⁶ is independently selected from a C₁-C₈ alkylene         or C₂-C₈ alkenylene group, wherein one or two carbon atoms in         the backbone of the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally         be replaced by one or two heteroatoms N and/or O, and wherein         the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB⁶⁷, —NHB⁶⁷ or         —N(B⁶⁷)₂; and     -   wherein each B⁶⁷ is independently selected from a C₁-C₃ alkyl or         C₁-C₃ haloalkyl group.

Typically, any divalent group —B⁶⁶— forms a 4- to 6-membered fused ring. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁶, —OB⁶, —NHB⁶ or —N(B⁶)₂, wherein each B⁶ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl or C₂-C₄ alkynyl group all of which may optionally be halo-substituted. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₂-C₃ alkenyl, C₂-C₃ alkynyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₃ alkyl) or —N(C₁-C₃ alkyl)₂.

In one embodiment, R¹¹ is a pyridin-4-yl group optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₂-C₃ alkenyl, C₂-C₃ alkynyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₃ alkyl) or —N(C₁-C₃ alkyl)₂. In one embodiment, R¹¹ is a pyridin-4-yl group optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from halo, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, or —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl). In one embodiment, R¹¹ is a pyridin-4-yl group substituted with one —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl) group, such as —OMe.

In one embodiment, R² is a parent cyclic group substituted at the α-position with a monovalent heterocyclic group or a monovalent aromatic group, wherein the heterocyclic or aromatic group may optionally be substituted, and wherein the parent cyclic group is substituted at the α′-position and may optionally be further substituted. The substituent at the α′ position and any optional further substituents on the parent cyclic group of R² may also include cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl rings which are fused to the parent cyclic group of R². Typically, the cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl rings are ortho-fused to the parent cyclic group of R², i.e. each fused cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring has only two atoms and one bond in common with the parent cyclic group of R². Typically, the cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl rings are ortho-fused to the parent cyclic group of R² across the α′,β′ positions.

In one embodiment, —R² has a formula selected from:

wherein R¹¹ is a 5- or 6-membered, optionally substituted heterocyclic or aromatic group, and R^(h) is hydrogen, halo, —OH, —NO₂, —CN, —R^(hh), —OR^(hh), —COR^(hh), —COOR^(hh), —CONH₂, —CONHR^(hh) or —CON(R^(hh))₂, wherein each —R^(hh) is independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₄ cycloalkyl and C₃-C₄ halocycloalkyl. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁷, —OB⁷, —NHB⁷, —N(B⁷)₂, —CONH₂, —CONHB⁷, —CON(B⁷)₂, —NHCOB⁷, —NB⁷COB⁷, or —B⁷⁷—;

-   -   wherein each B⁷ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl,         C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₄ alkynyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl or phenyl group,         or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two         ring heteroatoms N and/or O, or two B⁷ together with the         nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a 4- to         6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two ring         heteroatoms N and/or O, wherein any B⁷ may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB⁷⁸, —NHB⁷⁸ or         —N(B⁷⁸)₂;     -   wherein each B⁷⁷ is independently selected from a C₁-C₈ alkylene         or C₂-C₈ alkenylene group, wherein one or two carbon atoms in         the backbone of the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally         be replaced by one or two heteroatoms N and/or O, and wherein         the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB⁷⁸, —NHB⁷⁸ or         —N(B⁷⁸)₂; and     -   wherein each B⁷⁸ is independently selected from a C₁-C₃ alkyl or         C₁-C₃ haloalkyl group.

Typically, any divalent group —B⁷⁷— forms a 4- to 6-membered fused ring. Typically, R^(h) is hydrogen, halo, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, cyclopropyl or halocyclopropyl. More typically, R^(h) is hydrogen or halo. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁷, —OB⁷, —NHB⁷ or —N(B⁷)₂, wherein each B⁷ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl or C₂-C₄ alkynyl group all of which may optionally be halo-substituted. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₂-C₃ alkenyl, C₂-C₃ alkynyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₃ alkyl) or —N(C₁-C₃ alkyl)₂.

In one embodiment, —R² has a formula selected from:

wherein R¹¹ is a 5- or 6-membered, optionally substituted heterocyclic or aromatic group. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁸, —OB⁸, —NHB⁸, —N(B⁸)₂, —CONH₂, —CONHB⁸, —CON(B⁸)₂, —NHCOB⁸, —NB⁸COB⁸, or —B⁸⁸—;

-   -   wherein each B⁸ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl,         C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₄ alkynyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl or phenyl group,         or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two         ring heteroatoms N and/or O, or two B⁸ together with the         nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a 4- to         6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two ring         heteroatoms N and/or O, wherein any B⁸ may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB⁸⁹, —NHB⁸⁹ or         —N(B⁸⁹)₂;     -   wherein each B⁸⁸ is independently selected from a C₁-C₈ alkylene         or C₂-C₈ alkenylene group, wherein one or two carbon atoms in         the backbone of the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally         be replaced by one or two heteroatoms N and/or O, and wherein         the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB⁸⁹, —NHB⁸⁹ or         —N(B⁸⁹)₂; and     -   wherein each B⁸⁹ is independently selected from a C₁-C₃ alkyl or         C₁-C₃ haloalkyl group.

Typically, any divalent group —B⁸⁸— forms a 4- to 6-membered fused ring. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁸, —OB⁸, —NHB⁸ or —N(B⁸)₂, wherein each B⁸ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl or C₂-C₄ alkynyl group all of which may optionally be halo-substituted. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₂-C₃ alkenyl, C₂-C₃ alkynyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₃ alkyl) or —N(C₁-C₃ alkyl)₂.

Typically, —R² has a formula selected from:

wherein R¹¹ is a 5- or 6-membered, optionally substituted heterocyclic or aromatic group, and R^(i) is hydrogen, halo, —OH, —NO₂, —CN, —R^(ii), —COR^(ii), —COOR^(ii), —CONH₂, —CONHR^(ii) or —CON(R^(ii))₂, wherein each —R^(ii) is independently selected from C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, C₃-C₄ cycloalkyl and C₃-C₄ halocycloalkyl. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁹, —OB⁹, —NHB⁹, —N(B⁹)₂, —CONH₂, —CONHB⁹, —CON(B⁹)₂, —NHCOB⁹, —NB⁹COB⁹, or —B⁹⁹—;

-   -   wherein each B⁹ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl,         C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₄ alkynyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl or phenyl group,         or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two         ring heteroatoms N and/or O, or two B⁹ together with the         nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a 4- to         6-membered heterocyclic group containing one or two ring         heteroatoms N and/or O, wherein any B⁹ may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB⁹⁸, —NHB⁹⁸ or         —N(B⁹⁸)₂;     -   wherein each B⁹⁹ is independently selected from a C₁-C₈ alkylene         or C₂-C₈ alkenylene group, wherein one or two carbon atoms in         the backbone of the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally         be replaced by one or two heteroatoms N and/or O, and wherein         the alkylene or alkenylene group may optionally be         halo-substituted and/or substituted with one or two substituents         independently selected from —OH, —NH₂, —OB⁹⁸, —NHB⁹⁸ or         —N(B⁹⁸)₂; and     -   wherein each B⁹⁸ is independently selected from a C₁-C₃ alkyl or         C₁-C₃ haloalkyl group.

Typically, any divalent group —B⁹⁹— forms a 4- to 6-membered fused ring. Typically, R^(i) is hydrogen, halo, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, cyclopropyl or halocyclopropyl. More typically, R^(i) is hydrogen or halo. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —B⁹, —OB⁹, —NHB⁹ or —N(B⁹)₂, wherein each B⁹ is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl or C₂-C₄ alkynyl group all of which may optionally be halo-substituted. In one embodiment, the optional substituents on the heterocyclic or aromatic group of R¹¹ are independently selected from halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₂-C₃ alkenyl, C₂-C₃ alkynyl, C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —O(C₁-C₃ alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₃ alkyl) or —N(C₁-C₃ alkyl)₂.

In one embodiment, R² is a phenyl or a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group (such as phenyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl or imidazolyl); wherein

-   -   (i) the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         substituted at the α position with a substituent selected from         —R⁷, —OR⁷ and —COR⁷, wherein R⁷ is selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl,         C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and wherein         R⁷ is optionally substituted with one or more halo groups; and     -   the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is further         substituted at the α′ position with a substituent selected from         —R¹⁷, —OR¹⁷ and —COR⁷, wherein R¹⁷ is selected from a C₁-C₆         alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and         wherein R¹⁷ is optionally substituted with one or more halo         groups; and     -   optionally the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         further substituted (typically with one, two or three         substituents independently selected from halo, —NO₂, —CN,         —COOR¹⁵, —CONH₂, —CONHR¹⁵ or —CON(R¹⁵)₂, wherein each —R¹⁵ is         independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₁-C₄ haloalkyl         group); or     -   (ii) the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         substituted with a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic         heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring which is fused to the         parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group across the         α,β positions and which is optionally substituted with one or         more halo groups; and     -   the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is further         substituted at the α′ position with a substituent selected from         —R⁷, —OR⁷ and —COR⁷, wherein R⁷ is selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl,         C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and wherein         R⁷ is optionally substituted with one or more halo groups; and     -   optionally the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         further substituted (typically with one or two substituents         independently selected from halo, —NO₂, —CN, —COOR¹⁵, —CONH₂,         —CONHR¹⁵ or —CON(R¹⁵)₂, wherein each —R¹⁵ is independently         selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₁-C₄ haloalkyl group); or     -   (iii) the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         substituted with a first cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic         heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring which is fused to the         parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group across the         α,β positions and which is optionally substituted with one or         more halo groups; and     -   the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is substituted         with a second cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic         heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring which is fused to the         parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group across the         α′,β′ positions and which is optionally substituted with one or         more halo groups; and     -   optionally the phenyl group is further substituted (typically         with a substituent selected from halo, —NO₂, —CN, —COOR¹⁵,         —CONH₂, —CONHR¹⁵ or —CON(R¹⁵)₂, wherein each —R¹⁵ is         independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₁-C₄ haloalkyl         group); or     -   (iv) the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         substituted at the α-position with a monovalent heterocyclic         group or a monovalent aromatic group selected from phenyl,         pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl or         tetrahydropyranyl, wherein the monovalent heterocyclic or         aromatic group may optionally be substituted with one or two         substituents independently selected from halo, C₁-C₃ alkyl,         C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —R¹⁸—OR¹⁹, —R¹⁸—N(R¹⁹)₂, —R¹⁸—CN or         —R¹⁸—C≡CR¹⁹, and wherein a ring atom of the monovalent         heterocyclic or aromatic group is directly attached to the         α-ring atom of the parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl         group; wherein R¹⁸ is independently selected from a bond or a         C₁-C₃ alkylene group; and R¹⁹ is independently selected from         hydrogen or a C₁-C₃ alkyl or C₁-C₃ haloalkyl group; and     -   the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is further         substituted at the α′ position with a substituent selected from         —R⁷, —OR⁷ and —COR⁷, wherein R⁷ is selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl,         C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and wherein         R⁷ is optionally substituted with one or more halo groups; and     -   optionally the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         further substituted (typically with one, two or three         substituents independently selected from halo, —NO₂, —CN,         —COOR¹⁵, —CONH₂, —CONHR¹⁵ or —CON(R¹⁵)₂, wherein each —R¹⁵ is         independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₁-C₄ haloalkyl         group); or     -   (v) the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         substituted at the α-position with a monovalent heterocyclic         group or a monovalent aromatic group selected from phenyl,         pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl or         tetrahydropyranyl, wherein the monovalent heterocyclic or         aromatic group may optionally be substituted with one or two         substituents independently selected from halo, C₁-C₃ alkyl,         C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —R¹⁸—OR¹⁹, —R¹⁸—N(R¹⁹)₂, —R¹⁸—CN or         —R¹⁸—C≡CR¹⁹, and wherein a ring atom of the monovalent         heterocyclic or aromatic group is directly attached to the         α-ring atom of the parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl         group; wherein R¹⁸ is independently selected from a bond or a         C₁-C₃ alkylene group; and R¹⁹ is independently selected from         hydrogen or a C₁-C₃ alkyl or C₁-C₃ haloalkyl group; and     -   the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is further         substituted with a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic         heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring which is fused to the         parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group across the         α′,β′ positions and which is optionally substituted with one or         more halo groups; and     -   optionally the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         further substituted (typically with one or two substituents         independently selected from halo, —NO₂, —CN, —COOR¹⁵, —CONH₂,         —CONHR¹⁵ or —CON(R¹⁵)₂, wherein each —R¹⁵ is independently         selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₁-C₄ haloalkyl group).

In the embodiment directly above, where a group or moiety is optionally substituted with one or more halo groups, it may be substituted for example with one, two, three, four, five or six halo groups.

In one aspect of any of the above embodiments, R² contains from 10 to 50 atoms other than hydrogen. More typically, R² contains from 10 to 40 atoms other than hydrogen. More typically, R² contains from 10 to 35 atoms other than hydrogen. Most typically, R² contains from 12 to 30 atoms other than hydrogen.

R³ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —R⁵, —OR⁵, —NHR⁵ or —N(R⁵)₂; wherein R⁵ is independently optionally substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl. In one embodiment, R³ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —R⁵ or —OR⁵; wherein R⁵ is independently optionally substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl. In another embodiment, R³ is hydrogen, —F, —CH₃, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃ or cyclopropyl. In another embodiment, R³ is hydrogen or —CH₃. In yet another embodiment, R³ is hydrogen.

R⁴ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —R⁵, —OR⁵, —NHR⁵ or —N(R⁵)₂; wherein R⁵ is independently optionally substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl. In one embodiment, R⁴ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —R⁵ or —OR⁵; wherein R⁵ is independently optionally substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl. In another embodiment, R⁴ is hydrogen, —F, —CH₃, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃ or cyclopropyl. In another embodiment, R⁴ is hydrogen or —CH₃. In yet another embodiment, R⁴ is hydrogen.

Alternatively, R³ and R⁴ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may form a 3- to 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic group, wherein the cyclic group may optionally be substituted. In one embodiment, R³ and R⁴ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may form a 3- to 6-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic group, wherein the cyclic group may optionally be substituted. Optional substituents on such a 3- to 7-membered or 3- to 6-membered cyclic group include halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, C₁-C₄ alkyl and C₁-C₄ alkoxy. In one embodiment, R³ and R⁴ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl group, such as a cyclopropyl group.

R⁵ is independently optionally substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl. Optional substituents on R⁵ include halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN and C₁-C₄ alkoxy.

Q is selected from 0 or S. In one embodiment, Q is O.

In a first specific embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I):

wherein:

-   -   Q is O;     -   R¹ is a monocyclic 5-membered heteroaryl group, wherein the         monocyclic 5-membered ring structure consists of two, three or         four carbon atoms, one, two or three nitrogen atoms and         optionally one oxygen atom, wherein R¹ is substituted with R⁶         and R¹ may optionally be further substituted;     -   R² is an aryl or a heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or the         heteroaryl group is substituted at the α and α′ positions, and         wherein R² may optionally be further substituted;     -   R³ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —R⁵, —OR⁵, —NHR⁵ or         —N(R⁵)₂;     -   R⁴ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —R⁵, —OR⁵, —NHR⁵ or         —N(R⁵)₂; or     -   R³ and R⁴ together with the carbon atom to which they are         attached may form a 3- to 7-membered saturated or unsaturated         cyclic group optionally substituted with halogen or —OH;     -   R⁵ is independently C₁-C₄ alkyl optionally substituted with         halogen or —OH; and     -   R⁶ is a C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl or C₂-C₅ alkynyl group         substituted with one or two substituents independently selected         from —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —NH—CHO;         —NR^(β)—CHO; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β);         or —CON(R^(β))₂; wherein the C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl or C₂-C₅         alkynyl group may optionally be further substituted with one or         two substituents independently selected from halo; —OH; —OR^(β);         or oxo (═O); and wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected         from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl or C₂-C₄ alkynyl group, and         wherein any —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or         more halo; —OH; —NH₂; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; or oxo (═O).

In a second specific embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I):

wherein:

-   -   Q is O;     -   R¹ is a pyrrolyl, imidazolyl or pyrazolyl group, wherein the         pyrrolyl, imidazolyl or pyrazolyl group is substituted with R⁶         and may optionally be further substituted;     -   R² is an aryl or a heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or the         heteroaryl group is substituted at the α and α′ positions, and         wherein R² may optionally be further substituted;     -   R³ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —R⁵ or —OR⁵;     -   R⁴ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —R⁵ or —OR⁵; or     -   R³ and R⁴ together with the carbon atom to which they are         attached may form a C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl group optionally         substituted with halogen or —OH;     -   R⁵ is independently C₁-C₄ alkyl optionally substituted with         halogen or —OH; and     -   R⁶ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl group substituted with one or two         substituents independently selected from —NH₂; —NHR^(β);         —N(R^(β))₂; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); or         —CON(R^(β))₂; wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from         C₁-C₄ alkyl.

In a third specific embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I):

wherein:

-   -   Q is O;     -   R¹ is a pyrrolyl, imidazolyl or pyrazolyl group, wherein the         pyrrolyl, imidazolyl or pyrazolyl group is substituted with R⁶         and may optionally be further substituted;     -   R³ and R⁴ are hydrogen;     -   R⁶ is a C₁-C₄ alkyl group substituted with one or two         substituents independently selected from —NH₂; —NHR^(β);         —N(R^(β))₂; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); or         —CON(R^(β))₂; wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from         C₁-C₄ alkyl; and     -   R² is a phenyl or a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group (such as         phenyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl,         pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl or imidazolyl); wherein     -   (i) the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         substituted at the α position with a substituent selected from         —R⁷, —OR⁷ and —COR⁷, wherein R⁷ is selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl,         C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and wherein         R⁷ is optionally substituted with one or more halo groups; and     -   the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is further         substituted at the α′ position with a substituent selected from         —R¹⁷, —OR¹⁷ and —COR⁷, wherein R¹⁷ is selected from a C₁-C₆         alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and         wherein R¹⁷ is optionally substituted with one or more halo         groups; and     -   optionally the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         further substituted (typically with one, two or three         substituents independently selected from halo, —NO₂, —CN,         —COOR¹⁵, —CONH₂, —CONHR¹⁵ or —CON(R¹⁵)₂, wherein each —R¹⁵ is         independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₁-C₄ haloalkyl         group); or     -   (ii) the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         substituted with a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic         heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring which is fused to the         parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group across the         α,β positions and which is optionally substituted with one or         more halo groups; and     -   the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is further         substituted at the α′ position with a substituent selected from         —R⁷, —OR⁷ and —COR⁷, wherein R⁷ is selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl,         C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and wherein         R⁷ is optionally substituted with one or more halo groups; and     -   optionally the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         further substituted (typically with one or two substituents         independently selected from halo, —NO₂, —CN, —COOR¹⁵, —CONH₂,         —CONHR¹⁵ or —CON(R¹⁵)₂, wherein each —R¹⁵ is independently         selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₁-C₄ haloalkyl group); or     -   (iii) the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         substituted with a first cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic         heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring which is fused to the         parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group across the         α,β positions and which is optionally substituted with one or         more halo groups; and     -   the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is substituted         with a second cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic         heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring which is fused to the         parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group across the         α′,β′ positions and which is optionally substituted with one or         more halo groups; and     -   optionally the phenyl group is further substituted (typically         with a substituent selected from halo, —NO₂, —CN, —COOR¹⁵,         —CONH₂, —CONHR¹⁵ or —CON(R¹⁵)₂, wherein each —R¹⁵ is         independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₁-C₄ haloalkyl         group); or     -   (iv) the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         substituted at the α-position with a monovalent heterocyclic         group or a monovalent aromatic group selected from phenyl,         pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl or         tetrahydropyranyl, wherein the monovalent heterocyclic or         aromatic group may optionally be substituted with one or two         substituents independently selected from halo, C₁-C₃ alkyl,         C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —R¹⁸—OR¹⁹, —R¹⁸—N(R¹⁹)₂, —R¹⁸—CN or         —R¹⁸—C≡CR¹⁹, and wherein a ring atom of the monovalent         heterocyclic or aromatic group is directly attached to the         α-ring atom of the parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl         group; wherein R¹⁸ is independently selected from a bond or a         C₁-C₃ alkylene group; and R¹⁹ is independently selected from         hydrogen or a C₁-C₃ alkyl or C₁-C₃ haloalkyl group; and     -   the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is further         substituted at the α′ position with a substituent selected from         —R⁷, —OR⁷ and —COR⁷, wherein R⁷ is selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl,         C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl or C₃-C₆ cyclic group and wherein         R⁷ is optionally substituted with one or more halo groups; and     -   optionally the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         further substituted (typically with one, two or three         substituents independently selected from halo, —NO₂, —CN,         —COOR¹⁵, —CONH₂, —CONHR¹⁵ or —CON(R¹⁵)₂, wherein each —R¹⁵ is         independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₁-C₄ haloalkyl         group); or     -   (v) the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         substituted at the α-position with a monovalent heterocyclic         group or a monovalent aromatic group selected from phenyl,         pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl or         tetrahydropyranyl, wherein the monovalent heterocyclic or         aromatic group may optionally be substituted with one or two         substituents independently selected from halo, C₁-C₃ alkyl,         C₁-C₃ haloalkyl, —R¹⁸—OR¹⁹, —R¹⁸—N(R¹⁹)₂, —R¹⁸—CN or         —R¹⁸—C≡CR¹⁹, and wherein a ring atom of the monovalent         heterocyclic or aromatic group is directly attached to the         α-ring atom of the parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl         group; wherein R¹⁸ is independently selected from a bond or a         C₁-C₃ alkylene group; and R¹⁹ is independently selected from         hydrogen or a C₁-C₃ alkyl or C₁-C₃ haloalkyl group; and     -   the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is further         substituted with a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic         heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring which is fused to the         parent phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group across the         α′,β′ positions and which is optionally substituted with one or         more halo groups; and     -   optionally the phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group is         further substituted (typically with one or two substituents         independently selected from halo, —NO₂, —CN, —COOR¹⁵, —CONH₂,         —CONHR¹⁵ or —CON(R¹⁵)₂, wherein each —R¹⁵ is independently         selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl or C₁-C₄ haloalkyl group).

In one aspect of any of the above embodiments, the compound of formula (I) has a molecular weight of from 250 to 2,000 Da. Typically, the compound of formula (I) has a molecular weight of from 300 to 1,000 Da. Typically, the compound of formula (I) has a molecular weight of from 330 to 800 Da. More typically, the compound of formula (I) has a molecular weight of from 350 to 650 Da.

A second aspect of the invention provides a compound selected from the group consisting of:

A third aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of any compound of the first or second aspect of the invention.

The compounds of the present invention can be used both in their free base form and their acid addition salt form. For the purposes of this invention, a “salt” of a compound of the present invention includes an acid addition salt. Acid addition salts are preferably pharmaceutically acceptable, non-toxic addition salts with suitable acids, including but not limited to inorganic acids such as hydrohalogenic acids (for example, hydrofluoric, hydrochloric, hydrobromic or hydroiodic acid) or other inorganic acids (for example, nitric, perchloric, sulfuric or phosphoric acid); or organic acids such as organic carboxylic acids (for example, propionic, butyric, glycolic, lactic, mandelic, citric, acetic, benzoic, salicylic, succinic, malic or hydroxysuccinic, tartaric, fumaric, maleic, hydroxymaleic, mucic or galactaric, gluconic, pantothenic or pamoic acid), organic sulfonic acids (for example, methanesulfonic, trifluoromethanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, toluene-p-sulfonic, naphthalene-2-sulfonic or camphorsulfonic acid) or amino acids (for example, ornithinic, glutamic or aspartic acid). The acid addition salt may be a mono-, di-, tri- or multi-acid addition salt. A preferred salt is a hydrohalogenic, sulfuric, phosphoric or organic acid addition salt. A preferred salt is a hydrochloric acid addition salt.

Where a compound of the invention includes a quaternary ammonium group, typically the compound is used in its salt form. The counter ion to the quaternary ammonium group may be any pharmaceutically acceptable, non-toxic counter ion. Examples of suitable counter ions include the conjugate bases of the protic acids discussed above in relation to acid-addition salts.

The compounds of the present invention can also be used both, in their free acid form and their salt form. For the purposes of this invention, a “salt” of a compound of the present invention includes one formed between a protic acid functionality (such as a carboxylic acid group) of a compound of the present invention and a suitable cation. Suitable cations include, but are not limited to lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium and ammonium. The salt may be a mono-, di-, tri- or multi-salt. Preferably the salt is a mono- or di-lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium or ammonium salt. More preferably the salt is a mono- or di-sodium salt or a mono- or di-potassium salt.

Preferably any salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic salt. However, in addition to pharmaceutically acceptable salts, other salts are included in the present invention, since they have potential to serve as intermediates in the purification or preparation of other, for example, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or are useful for identification, characterisation or purification of the free acid or base.

The compounds and/or salts of the present invention may be anhydrous or in the form of a hydrate (e.g. a hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate or trihydrate) or other solvate. Such other solvates may be formed with common organic solvents, including but not limited to, alcoholic solvents e.g. methanol, ethanol or isopropanol.

In some embodiments of the present invention, therapeutically inactive prodrugs are provided. Prodrugs are compounds which, when administered to a subject such as a human, are converted in whole or in part to a compound of the invention. In most embodiments, the prodrugs are pharmacologically inert chemical derivatives that can be converted in vivo to the active drug molecules to exert a therapeutic effect. Any of the compounds described herein can be administered as a prodrug to increase the activity, bioavailability, or stability of the compound or to otherwise alter the properties of the compound. Typical examples of prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile protecting groups on a functional moiety of the active compound.

Prodrugs include, but are not limited to, compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, and/or dephosphorylated to produce the active compound. The present invention also encompasses salts and solvates of such prodrugs as described above.

The compounds, salts, solvates and prodrugs of the present invention may contain at least one chiral centre. The compounds, salts, solvates and prodrugs may therefore exist in at least two isomeric forms. The present invention encompasses racemic mixtures of the compounds, salts, solvates and prodrugs of the present invention as well as enantiomerically enriched and substantially enantiomerically pure isomers. For the purposes of this invention, a “substantially enantiomerically pure” isomer of a compound comprises less than 5% of other isomers of the same compound, more typically less than 2%, and most typically less than 0.5% by weight.

The compounds, salts, solvates and prodrugs of the present invention may contain any stable isotope including, but not limited to ¹²C, ¹³C, ¹H, ²H (D), ¹⁴N, ¹⁵N, ¹⁶O, ¹⁷O, ¹⁸O, ¹⁹F and ¹²⁷I, and any radioisotope including, but not limited to ¹C, ¹⁴C, ³H (T), ¹³N, ¹⁵O, ¹⁸F, ¹²³I, ¹²⁴I, ¹²⁵I and ¹³¹I.

The compounds, salts, solvates and prodrugs of the present invention may be in any polymorphic or amorphous form.

A fourth aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the first or second aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect of the invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable pharmaceutical formulations are described in, for example, “Aulton's Pharmaceutics—The Design and Manufacture of Medicines”, M. E. Aulton and K. M. G. Taylor, Churchill Livingstone Elsevier, 4^(th) Ed., 2013.

Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients including adjuvants, diluents or carriers that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are those conventionally employed in the field of pharmaceutical formulation, and include, but are not limited to, sugars, sugar alcohols, starches, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminium stearate, lecithin, serum proteins such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycerine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat.

In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention is a topical pharmaceutical composition. For example, the topical pharmaceutical composition may be a dermal pharmaceutical composition or an ocular pharmaceutical composition.

In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention additionally comprises one or more further active agents.

In a further embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention may be provided as a part of a kit of parts, wherein the kit of parts comprises the pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention and one or more further pharmaceutical compositions, wherein the one or more further pharmaceutical compositions each comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and one or more further active agents.

A fifth aspect of the invention provides a compound of the first or second aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention, for use in medicine, and/or for use in the treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder or condition. Typically, the use comprises the administration of the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or pharmaceutical composition to a subject. In one embodiment, the use comprises the co-administration of one or more further active agents.

The term “treatment” as used herein refers equally to curative therapy, and ameliorating or palliative therapy. The term includes obtaining beneficial or desired physiological results, which may or may not be established clinically. Beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, the alleviation of symptoms, the prevention of symptoms, the diminishment of extent of disease, the stabilisation (i.e., not worsening) of a condition, the delay or slowing of progression/worsening of a condition/symptoms, the amelioration or palliation of the condition/symptoms, and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable. The term “palliation”, and variations thereof, as used herein, means that the extent and/or undesirable manifestations of a physiological condition or symptom are lessened and/or time course of the progression is slowed or lengthened, as compared to not administering a compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention. The term “prevention” as used herein in relation to a disease, disorder or condition, relates to prophylactic or preventative therapy, as well as therapy to reduce the risk of developing the disease, disorder or condition. The term “prevention” includes both the avoidance of occurrence of the disease, disorder or condition, and the delay in onset of the disease, disorder or condition. Any statistically significant (p≤0.05) avoidance of occurrence, delay in onset or reduction in risk as measured by a controlled clinical trial may be deemed a prevention of the disease, disorder or condition. Subjects amenable to prevention include those at heightened risk of a disease, disorder or condition as identified by genetic or biochemical markers. Typically, the genetic or biochemical markers are appropriate to the disease, disorder or condition under consideration and may include for example, inflammatory biomarkers such as C-reactive protein (CRP) and monocyte chemoattractant protein 1 (MCP-1) in the case of inflammation; total cholesterol, triglycerides, insulin resistance and C-peptide in the case of NAFLD and NASH; and more generally IL1β and IL18 in the case of a disease, disorder or condition responsive to NLRP3 inhibition.

A sixth aspect of the invention provides the use of a compound of the first or second aspect, or a pharmaceutically effective salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder or condition. Typically, the treatment or prevention comprises the administration of the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or medicament to a subject. In one embodiment, the treatment or prevention comprises the co-administration of one or more further active agents.

A seventh aspect of the invention provides a method of treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder or condition, the method comprising the step of administering an effective amount of a compound of the first or second aspect, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect, to thereby treat or prevent the disease, disorder or condition. In one embodiment, the method further comprises the step of co-administering an effective amount of one or more further active agents. Typically, the administration is to a subject in need thereof.

An eighth aspect of the invention provides a compound of the first or second aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention, for use in the treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder or condition in an individual, wherein the individual has a germline or somatic non-silent mutation in NLRP3. The mutation may be, for example, a gain-of-function or other mutation resulting in increased NLRP3 activity. Typically, the use comprises the administration of the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or pharmaceutical composition to the individual. In one embodiment, the use comprises the co-administration of one or more further active agents. The use may also comprise the diagnosis of an individual having a germline or somatic non-silent mutation in NLRP3, wherein the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or pharmaceutical composition is administered to an individual on the basis of a positive diagnosis for the mutation. Typically, identification of the mutation in NLRP3 in the individual may be by any suitable genetic or biochemical means.

A ninth aspect of the invention provides the use of a compound of the first or second aspect, or a pharmaceutically effective salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder or condition in an individual, wherein the individual has a germline or somatic non-silent mutation in NLRP3. The mutation may be, for example, a gain-of-function or other mutation resulting in increased NLRP3 activity. Typically, the treatment or prevention comprises the administration of the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or medicament to the individual. In one embodiment, the treatment or prevention comprises the co-administration of one or more further active agents. The treatment or prevention may also comprise the diagnosis of an individual having a germline or somatic non-silent mutation in NLRP3, wherein the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or medicament is administered to an individual on the basis of a positive diagnosis for the mutation. Typically, identification of the mutation in NLRP3 in the individual may be by any suitable genetic or biochemical means.

A tenth aspect of the invention provides a method of treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder or condition, the method comprising the steps of diagnosing of an individual having a germline or somatic non-silent mutation in NLRP3, and administering an effective amount of a compound of the first or second aspect, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect, to the positively diagnosed individual, to thereby treat or prevent the disease, disorder or condition. In one embodiment, the method further comprises the step of co-administering an effective amount of one or more further active agents. Typically, the administration is to a subject in need thereof.

In general embodiments, the disease, disorder or condition may be a disease, disorder or condition of the immune system, the cardiovascular system, the endocrine system, the gastrointestinal tract, the renal system, the hepatic system, the metabolic system, the respiratory system, the central nervous system, may be a cancer or other malignancy, and/or may be caused by or associated with a pathogen.

It will be appreciated that these general embodiments defined according to broad categories of diseases, disorders and conditions are not mutually exclusive. In this regard any particular disease, disorder or condition may be categorized according to more than one of the above general embodiments. A non-limiting example is type I diabetes which is an autoimmune disease and a disease of the endocrine system.

In one embodiment of the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth aspect of the invention, the disease, disorder or condition is responsive to NLRP3 inhibition. As used herein, the term “NLRP3 inhibition” refers to the complete or partial reduction in the level of activity of NLRP3 and includes, for example, the inhibition of active NLRP3 and/or the inhibition of activation of NLRP3.

There is evidence for a role of NLRP3-induced IL-1 and IL-18 in the inflammatory responses occurring in connection with, or as a result of, a multitude of different disorders (Menu et al., Clinical and Experimental Immunology, 166: 1-15, 2011; Strowig et al., Nature, 481:278-286, 2012).

NLRP3 has been implicated in a number of autoinflammatory diseases, including Familial Mediterranean fever (FMF), TNF receptor associated periodic syndrome (TRAPS), hyperimmunoglobulinemia D and periodic fever syndrome (HIDS), pyogenic arthritis, pyoderma gangrenosum and acne (PAPA), Sweet's syndrome, chronic nonbacterial osteomyelitis (CNO), and acne vulgaris (Cook et al., Eur. J. Immunol., 40: 595-653, 2010). In particular, NLRP3 mutations have been found to be responsible for a set of rare autoinflammatory diseases known as CAPS (Ozaki et al., J. Inflammation Research, 8:15-27, 2015; Schroder et al., Cell, 140: 821-832, 2010; and Menu et al., Clinical and Experimental Immunology, 166: 1-15, 2011). CAPS are heritable diseases characterized by recurrent fever and inflammation and are comprised of three autoinflammatory disorders that form a clinical continuum. These diseases, in order of increasing severity, are familial cold autoinflammatory syndrome (FCAS), Muckle-Wells syndrome (MWS), and chronic infantile cutaneous neurological articular syndrome (CINCA; also called neonatal-onset multisystem inflammatory disease, NOMID), and all have been shown to result from gain-of-function mutations in the NLRP3 gene, which leads to increased secretion of IL-1β.

A number of autoimmune diseases have been shown to involve NLRP3 including, in particular, multiple sclerosis, type-1 diabetes (T1D), psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis (RA), Behcet's disease, Schnitzler syndrome, macrophage activation syndrome (Masters Clin. Immunol. 2013; Braddock et al. Nat. Rev. Drug Disc. 2004 3: 1-10; Inoue et al., Immunology 139: 11-18, Coll et al. Nat. Med. 2015 21(3):248-55; and Scott et al. Clin. Exp. Rheumatol 2016 34(1): 88-93), systemic lupus erythematosus (Lu et al. J Immunol. 2017198(3): 1119-29), and systemic sclerosis (Artlett et al. Arthritis Rheum. 2011; 63(11): 3563-74). NLRP3 has also been shown to play a role in a number of lung diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder (COPD), asthma (including steroid-resistant asthma), asbestosis, and silicosis (De Nardo et al., Am. J. Pathol., 184: 42-54, 2014 and Kim et al. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2017196(3): 283-97). NLRP3 has also been suggested to have a role in a number of central nervous system conditions, including Parkinson's disease (PD), Alzheimer's disease (AD), dementia, Huntington's disease, cerebral malaria, brain injury from pneumococcal meningitis (Walsh et al., Nature Reviews, 15: 84-97, 2014, and Dempsey et al. Brain. Behav. Immun. 2017 61: 306-316), intracranial aneurysms (Zhang et al. J. Stroke & Cerebrovascular Dis. 2015 24; 5: 972-979), and traumatic brain injury (Ismael et al. J Neurotrauma. 2018 Jan. 2). NRLP3 activity has also been shown to be involved in various metabolic diseases including type 2 diabetes (T2D), atherosclerosis, obesity, gout, pseudo-gout, metabolic syndrome (Wen et al., Nature Immunology, 13: 352-357, 2012; Duewell et al., Nature, 464: 1357-1361, 2010; Strowig et al., Nature, 481: 278-286, 2012), and non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (Mridha et al. J Hepatol. 2017 66(5): 1037-46). A role for NLRP3 via IL-1β has also been suggested in atherosclerosis, myocardial infarction (van Hout et al. Eur. Heart J. 2017 38(11): 828-36), heart failure (Sano et al. J AM. Coll. Cardiol. 2018 71(8): 875-66), aortic aneurysm and dissection (Wu et al. Arterioscler. Thromb. Vasc. Biol. 2017 37(4): 694-706), and other cardiovascular events (Ridker et al., N Engl J Med., doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1707914, 2017). Other diseases in which NLRP3 has been shown to be involved include: ocular diseases such as both wet and dry age-related macular degeneration (Doyle et al., Nature Medicine, 18: 791-798, 2012 and Tarallo et al. Cell 2012149(4): 847-59), diabetic retinopathy (Loukovaara et al. Acta Ophthalmol. 2017; 95(8): 803-808) and optic nerve damage (Puyang et al. Sci Rep. 2016 Feb. 19; 6:20998); liver diseases including non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH) (Henao-Meija et al., Nature, 482: 179-185, 2012); inflammatory reactions in the lung and skin (Primiano et al. J Immunol. 2016 197(6): 2421-33) including contact hypersensitivity (such as bullous pemphigoid (Fang et al. J Dermatol Sci. 2016; 83(2): 116-23)), atopic dermatitis (Niebuhr et al. Allergy 2014 69(8): 1058-67), Hidradenitis suppurativa (Alikhan et al. 2009 J Am Acad Dermatol 60(4): 539-61), acne vulgaris (Qin et al. J Invest. Dermatol. 2014 134(2): 381-88), and sarcoidosis (Jager et al. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2015 191: A5816); inflammatory reactions in the joints (Braddock et al., Nat. Rev. Drug Disc., 3: 1-10, 2004); amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Gugliandolo et al. Inflammation 2018 41(1): 93-103); cystic fibrosis (Iannitti et al. Nat. Commun. 2016 7: 10791); stroke (Walsh et al., Nature Reviews, 15: 84-97, 2014); chronic kidney disease (Granata et al. PLoS One 2015 10(3): e0122272); and inflammatory bowel diseases including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease (Braddock et al., Nat. Rev. Drug Disc., 3: 1-10, 2004, Neudecker et al. J Exp. Med. 2017 214(6): 1737-52, and Lazaridis et al. Dig. Dis. Sci. 2017 62(9): 2348-56). The NLRP3 inflammasome has been found to be activated in response to oxidative stress, and UVB irradiation (Schroder et al., Science, 327: 296-300, 2010). NLRP3 has also been shown to be involved in inflammatory hyperalgesia (Dolunay et al., Inflammation, 40: 366-386, 2017).

The inflammasome, and NLRP3 specifically, has also been proposed as a target for modulation by various pathogens including viruses such as DNA viruses (Amsler et al., Future Virol. (2013) 8(4), 357-370).

NLRP3 has also been implicated in the pathogenesis of many cancers (Menu et al., Clinical and Experimental Immunology 166: 1-15, 2011; and Masters Clin. Immunol. 2013). For example, several previous studies have suggested a role for IL-1β in cancer invasiveness, growth and metastasis, and inhibition of IL-1β with canakinumab has been shown to reduce the incidence of lung cancer and total cancer mortality in a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial (Ridker et al. Lancet, S0140-6736(17)₃₂₂₄₇-X, 2017). Inhibition of the NLRP3 inflammasome or IL-1β has also been shown to inhibit the proliferation and migration of lung cancer cells in vitro (Wang et al. Oncol Rep. 2016; 35(4): 2053-64). A role for the NLRP3 inflammasome has been suggested in myelodysplastic syndromes (Basiorka et al. Blood. 2016 Dec. 22; 128(25):2960-2975) and also in the carcinogenesis of various other cancers including glioma (Li et al. Am J Cancer Res. 2015; 5(1): 442-449), inflammation-induced tumours (Allen et al. J Exp Med. 2010; 207(5): 1045-56 and Hu et al. PNAS. 2010; 107(50): 21635-40), multiple myeloma (Li et al. Hematology 2016 21(3): 144-51), and squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck (Huang et al. J Exp Clin Cancer Res. 2017 2; 36(1): 116). Activation of the NLRP3 inflammasome has also been shown to mediate chemoresistance of tumour cells to 5-Fluorouracil (Feng et al. J Exp Clin Cancer Res. 2017 21; 36(1): 81), and activation of NLRP3 inflammasome in peripheral nerve contributes to chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain (Jia et al. Mol Pain. 2017; 13:1-11).

NLRP3 has also been shown to be required for the efficient control of viral, bacterial, fungal, and helminth pathogen infections (Strowig et al., Nature, 481:278-286, 2012).

Accordingly, examples of diseases, disorders or conditions which may be responsive to NLRP3 inhibition and which may be treated or prevented in accordance with the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth aspect of the present invention include:

-   -   (i) inflammation, including inflammation occurring as a result         of an inflammatory disorder, e.g. an autoinflammatory disease,         inflammation occurring as a symptom of a non-inflammatory         disorder, inflammation occurring as a result of infection, or         inflammation secondary to trauma, injury or autoimmunity;     -   (ii) auto-immune diseases such as acute disseminated         encephalitis, Addison's disease, ankylosing spondylitis,         antiphospholipid antibody syndrome (APS), anti-synthetase         syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune adrenalitis, autoimmune         hepatitis, autoimmune oophoritis, autoimmune polyglandular         failure, autoimmune thyroiditis, Coeliac disease, Crohn's         disease, type 1 diabetes (T1D), Goodpasture's syndrome, Graves'         disease, Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), Hashimoto's disease,         idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, Kawasaki's disease, lupus         erythematosus including systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE),         multiple sclerosis (MS) including primary progressive multiple         sclerosis (PPMS), secondary progressive multiple sclerosis         (SPMS) and relapsing remitting multiple sclerosis (RRMS),         myasthenia gravis, opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome (OMS), optic         neuritis, Ord's thyroiditis, pemphigus, pernicious anaemia,         polyarthritis, primary biliary cirrhosis, rheumatoid arthritis         (RA), psoriatic arthritis, juvenile idiopathic arthritis or         Still's disease, refractory gouty arthritis, Reiter's syndrome,         Sjögren's syndrome, systemic sclerosis a systemic connective         tissue disorder, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, warm         autoimmune hemolytic anemia, Wegener's granulomatosis, alopecia         universalis, Behget's disease, Chagas' disease, dysautonomia,         endometriosis, hidradenitis suppurativa (HS), interstitial         cystitis, neuromyotonia, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, scleroderma,         ulcerative colitis, Schnitzler syndrome, macrophage activation         syndrome, Blau syndrome, vitiligo or vulvodynia;     -   (iii) cancer including lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric         cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome, leukaemia including acute         lymphocytic leukaemia (ALL) and acute myeloid leukaemia (AML),         adrenal cancer, anal cancer, basal and squamous cell skin         cancer, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain and         spinal cord tumours, breast cancer, cervical cancer, chronic         lymphocytic leukaemia (CLL), chronic myeloid leukaemia (CML),         chronic myelomonocytic leukaemia (CMML), colorectal cancer,         endometrial cancer, oesophagus cancer, Ewing family of tumours,         eye cancer, gallbladder cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid         tumours, gastrointestinal stromal tumour (GIST), gestational         trophoblastic disease, glioma, Hodgkin lymphoma, Kaposi sarcoma,         kidney cancer, laryngeal and hypopharyngeal cancer, liver         cancer, lung carcinoid tumour, lymphoma including cutaneous T         cell lymphoma, malignant mesothelioma, melanoma skin cancer,         Merkel cell skin cancer, multiple myeloma, nasal cavity and         paranasal sinuses cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, neuroblastoma,         non-Hodgkin lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer, oral cavity         and oropharyngeal cancer, osteosarcoma, ovarian cancer, penile         cancer, pituitary tumours, prostate cancer, retinoblastoma,         rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer, small cell         lung cancer, small intestine cancer, soft tissue sarcoma,         stomach cancer, testicular cancer, thymus cancer, thyroid cancer         including anaplastic thyroid cancer, uterine sarcoma, vaginal         cancer, vulvar cancer, Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, and Wilms         tumour;     -   (iv) infections including viral infections (e.g. from influenza         virus, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), alphavirus (such as         Chikungunya and Ross River virus), flaviviruses (such as Dengue         virus and Zika virus), herpes viruses (such as Epstein Barr         Virus, cytomegalovirus, Varicella-zoster virus, and KSHV),         poxviruses (such as vaccinia virus (Modified vaccinia virus         Ankara) and Myxoma virus), adenoviruses (such as Adenovirus 5),         or papillomavirus), bacterial infections (e.g. from         Staphylococcus aureus, Helicobacter pylori, Bacillus anthracis,         Bordatella pertussis, Burkholderia pseudomallei, Corynebacterium         diptheriae, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium botulinum,         Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Listeria         monocytogenes, Hemophilus influenzae, Pasteurella multicida,         Shigella dysenteriae, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium         leprae, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Mycoplasma hominis, Neisseria         meningitidis, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Rickettsia rickettsii,         Legionella pneumophila, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Pseudomonas         aeruginosa, Propionibacterium acnes, Treponema pallidum,         Chlamydia trachomatis, Vibrio cholerae, Salmonella typhimurium,         Salmonella typhi, Borrelia burgdorferi or Yersinia pestis),         fungal infections (e.g. from Candida or Aspergillus species),         protozoan infections (e.g. from Plasmodium, Babesia, Giardia,         Entamoeba, Leishmania or Trypanosomes), helminth infections         (e.g. from schistosoma, roundworms, tapeworms or flukes) and         prion infections;     -   (v) central nervous system diseases such as Parkinson's disease,         Alzheimer's disease, dementia, motor neuron disease,         Huntington's disease, cerebral malaria, brain injury from         pneumococcal meningitis, intracranial aneurysms, traumatic brain         injury, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis;     -   (vi) metabolic diseases such as type 2 diabetes (T2D),         atherosclerosis, obesity, gout, and pseudo-gout;     -   (vii) cardiovascular diseases such as hypertension, ischaemia,         reperfusion injury including post-MI ischemic reperfusion         injury, stroke including ischemic stroke, transient ischemic         attack, myocardial infarction including recurrent myocardial         infarction, heart failure including congestive heart failure and         heart failure with preserved ejection fraction, embolism,         aneurysms including abdominal aortic aneurysm, and pericarditis         including Dressler's syndrome;     -   (viii) respiratory diseases including chronic obstructive         pulmonary disorder (COPD), asthma such as allergic asthma and         steroid-resistant asthma, asbestosis, silicosis, nanoparticle         induced inflammation, cystic fibrosis and idiopathic pulmonary         fibrosis;     -   (ix) liver diseases including non-alcoholic fatty liver disease         (NAFLD) and non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH) including         advanced fibrosis stages F3 and F4, alcoholic fatty liver         disease (AFLD), and alcoholic steatohepatitis (ASH);     -   (x) renal diseases including chronic kidney disease, oxalate         nephropathy, nephrocalcinosis, glomerulonephritis, and diabetic         nephropathy;     -   (xi) ocular diseases including those of the ocular epithelium,         age-related macular degeneration (AMD) (dry and wet), uveitis,         corneal infection, diabetic retinopathy, optic nerve damage, dry         eye, and glaucoma;     -   (xii) skin diseases including dermatitis such as contact         dermatitis and atopic dermatitis, contact hypersensitivity,         sunburn, skin lesions, hidradenitis suppurativa (HS), other         cyst-causing skin diseases, and acne conglobata;     -   (xiii) lymphatic conditions such as lymphangitis and Castleman's         disease;     -   (xiv) psychological disorders such as depression and         psychological stress;     -   (xv) graft versus host disease;     -   (xvi) allodynia including mechanical allodynia; and     -   (xvii) any disease where an individual has been determined to         carry a germline or somatic non-silent mutation in NLRP3.

In one embodiment, the disease, disorder or condition is selected from:

-   -   (i) cancer;     -   (ii) an infection;     -   (iii) a central nervous system disease;     -   (iv) a cardiovascular disease;     -   (v) a liver disease;     -   (vi) an ocular disease; or     -   (vii) a skin disease.

More typically, the disease, disorder or condition is selected from:

-   -   (i) cancer;     -   (ii) an infection;     -   (iii) a central nervous system disease; or     -   (iv) a cardiovascular disease.

In one embodiment, the disease, disorder or condition is selected from:

-   -   (i) acne conglobata;     -   (ii) atopic dermatitis;     -   (iii) Alzheimer's disease;     -   (iv) amyotrophic lateral sclerosis;     -   (v) age-related macular degeneration (AMD);     -   (vi) anaplastic thyroid cancer;     -   (vii) cryopyrin-associated periodic syndromes (CAPS);     -   (viii) contact dermatitis;     -   (ix) cystic fibrosis;     -   (x) congestive heart failure;     -   (xi) chronic kidney disease;     -   (xii) Crohn's disease;     -   (xiii) familial cold autoinflammatory syndrome (FCAS);     -   (xiv) Huntington's disease;     -   (xv) heart failure;     -   (xvi) heart failure with preserved ejection fraction;     -   (xvii) ischemic reperfusion injury;     -   (xviii) juvenile idiopathic arthritis;     -   (xix) myocardial infarction;     -   (xx) macrophage activation syndrome;     -   (xxi) myelodysplastic syndrome;     -   (xxii) multiple myeloma;     -   (xxiii) motor neuron disease;     -   (xxiv) multiple sclerosis;     -   (xxv) Muckle-Wells syndrome;     -   (xxvi) non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH);     -   (xxvii) neonatal-onset multisystem inflammatory disease (NOMID);     -   (xxviii) Parkinson's disease;     -   (xxix) systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis;     -   (xxx) systemic lupus erythematosus;     -   (xxxi) traumatic brain injury;     -   (xxxii) transient ischemic attack; and     -   (xxxiii) ulcerative colitis.

In a further typical embodiment of the invention, the disease, disorder or condition is inflammation. Examples of inflammation that may be treated or prevented in accordance with the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth aspect of the present invention include inflammatory responses occurring in connection with, or as a result of:

-   -   (i) a skin condition such as contact hypersensitivity, bullous         pemphigoid, sunburn, psoriasis, atopical dermatitis, contact         dermatitis, allergic contact dermatitis, seborrhoetic         dermatitis, lichen planus, scleroderma, pemphigus, epidermolysis         bullosa, urticaria, erythemas, or alopecia;     -   (ii) a joint condition such as osteoarthritis, systemic juvenile         idiopathic arthritis, adult-onset Still's disease, relapsing         polychondritis, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile chronic         arthritis, gout, or a seronegative spondyloarthropathy (e.g.         ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis or Reiter's         disease);     -   (iii) a muscular condition such as polymyositis or myasthenia         gravis;     -   (iv) a gastrointestinal tract condition such as inflammatory         bowel disease (including Crohn's disease and ulcerative         colitis), gastric ulcer, coeliac disease, proctitis,         pancreatitis, eosinopilic gastro-enteritis, mastocytosis,         antiphospholipid syndrome, or a food-related allergy which may         have effects remote from the gut (e.g., migraine, rhinitis or         eczema);     -   (v) a respiratory system condition such as chronic obstructive         pulmonary disease (COPD), asthma (including bronchial, allergic,         intrinsic, extrinsic or dust asthma, and particularly chronic or         inveterate asthma, such as late asthma and airways         hyper-responsiveness), bronchitis, rhinitis (including acute         rhinitis, allergic rhinitis, atrophic rhinitis, chronic         rhinitis, rhinitis caseosa, hypertrophic rhinitis, rhinitis         pumlenta, rhinitis sicca, rhinitis medicamentosa, membranous         rhinitis, seasonal rhinitis e.g. hay fever, and vasomotor         rhinitis), sinusitis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF),         sarcoidosis, farmer's lung, silicosis, asbestosis, adult         respiratory distress syndrome, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, or         idiopathic interstitial pneumonia;     -   (vi) a vascular condition such as atherosclerosis, Behcet's         disease, vasculitides, or wegener's granulomatosis;     -   (vii) an autoimmune condition such as systemic lupus         erythematosus, Sjogren's syndrome, systemic sclerosis,         Hashimoto's thyroiditis, type I diabetes, idiopathic         thrombocytopenia purpura, or Graves disease;     -   (viii) an ocular condition such as uveitis, allergic         conjunctivitis, or vernal conjunctivitis;     -   (ix) a nervous condition such as multiple sclerosis or         encephalomyelitis;     -   (x) an infection or infection-related condition, such as         Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS), acute or chronic         bacterial infection, acute or chronic parasitic infection, acute         or chronic viral infection, acute or chronic fungal infection,         meningitis, hepatitis (A, B or C, or other viral hepatitis),         peritonitis, pneumonia, epiglottitis, malaria, dengue         hemorrhagic fever, leishmaniasis, streptococcal myositis,         Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium avium intracellulare,         Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia, orchitis/epidydimitis,         legionella, Lyme disease, influenza A, epstein-barr virus, viral         encephalitis/aseptic meningitis, or pelvic inflammatory disease;     -   (xi) a renal condition such as mesangial proliferative         glomerulonephritis, nephrotic syndrome, nephritis, glomerular         nephritis, acute renal failure, uremia, or nephritic syndrome;     -   (xii) a lymphatic condition such as Castleman's disease;     -   (xiii) a condition of, or involving, the immune system, such as         hyper IgE syndrome, lepromatous leprosy, familial hemophagocytic         lymphohistiocytosis, or graft versus host disease;     -   (xiv) a hepatic condition such as chronic active hepatitis,         non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), alcohol-induced hepatitis,         non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), alcoholic fatty liver         disease (AFLD), alcoholic steatohepatitis (ASH) or primary         biliary cirrhosis;     -   (xv) a cancer, including those cancers listed above;     -   (xvi) a burn, wound, trauma, haemorrhage or stroke;     -   (xvii) radiation exposure; and/or     -   (xviii) obesity; and/or     -   (xix) pain such as inflammatory hyperalgesia.

In one embodiment of the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth aspect of the present invention, the disease, disorder or condition is an autoinflammatory disease such as cryopyrin-associated periodic syndromes (CAPS), Muckle-Wells syndrome (MWS), familial cold autoinflammatory syndrome (FCAS), familial Mediterranean fever (FMF), neonatal onset multisystem inflammatory disease (NOMID), Tumour Necrosis Factor (TNF) Receptor-Associated Periodic Syndrome (TRAPS), hyperimmunoglobulinemia D and periodic fever syndrome (HIDS), deficiency of interleukin 1 receptor antagonist (DIRA), Majeed syndrome, pyogenic arthritis, pyoderma gangrenosum and acne syndrome (PAPA), adult-onset Still's disease (AOSD), haploinsufficiency of A20 (HA20), pediatric granulomatous arthritis (PGA), PLCG2-associated antibody deficiency and immune dysregulation (PLAID), PLCG2-associated autoinflammatory, antibody deficiency and immune dysregulation (APLAID), or sideroblastic anaemia with B-cell immunodeficiency, periodic fevers and developmental delay (SIFD).

Examples of diseases, disorders or conditions which may be responsive to NLRP3 inhibition and which may be treated or prevented in accordance with the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth aspect of the present invention are listed above. Some of these diseases, disorders or conditions are substantially or entirely mediated by NLRP3 inflammasome activity, and NLRP3-induced IL-1β and/or IL-18. As a result, such diseases, disorders or conditions may be particularly responsive to NLRP3 inhibition and may be particularly suitable for treatment or prevention in accordance with the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth aspect of the present invention. Examples of such diseases, disorders or conditions include cryopyrin-associated periodic syndromes (CAPS), Muckle-Wells syndrome (MWS), familial cold autoinflammatory syndrome (FCAS), neonatal onset multisystem inflammatory disease (NOMID), familial Mediterranean fever (FMF), pyogenic arthritis, pyoderma gangrenosum and acne syndrome (PAPA), hyperimmunoglobulinemia D and periodic fever syndrome (HIDS), Tumour Necrosis Factor (TNF) Receptor-Associated Periodic Syndrome (TRAPS), systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis, adult-onset Still's disease (AOSD), relapsing polychondritis, Schnitzler's syndrome, Sweet's syndrome, Behcet's disease, anti-synthetase syndrome, deficiency of interleukin 1 receptor antagonist (DIRA), and haploinsufficiency of A20 (HA20).

Moreover, some of the diseases, disorders or conditions mentioned above arise due to mutations in NLRP3, in particular, resulting in increased NLRP3 activity. As a result, such diseases, disorders or conditions may be particularly responsive to NLRP3 inhibition and may be particularly suitable for treatment or prevention in accordance with the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth aspect of the present invention. Examples of such diseases, disorders or conditions include cryopyrin-associated periodic syndromes (CAPS), Muckle-Wells syndrome (MWS), familial cold autoinflammatory syndrome (FCAS), and neonatal onset multisystem inflammatory disease (NOMID).

In one embodiment of the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth aspect of the invention, the disease, disorder or condition is not a metabolic disease such as diabetes, or a disease that is treatable with an estrogen-related receptor-α (ERR-α) modulator, or a disease that is treatable with a muscle stimulant.

In one embodiment of the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth aspect of the present invention, the treatment or prevention comprises topically administering a compound of the first or second aspect, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect. For example, the disease, disorder or condition may be a skin disease or condition, wherein the treatment or prevention comprises topically administering a compound of the first or second aspect, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect to the skin. Alternatively, the disease, disorder or condition may be an ocular disease or condition, wherein the treatment or prevention comprises topically administering a compound of the first or second aspect, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect to the eye.

In one embodiment, where the treatment or prevention comprises topically administering a compound of the first or second aspect, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention, one or more further active agents may be co-administered. The one or more further active agents may also be topically administered, or may be administered via a non-topical route. Typically, the one or more further active agents are also topically administered. For example, where the pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention is a topical pharmaceutical composition, the pharmaceutical composition may further comprise one or more further active agents.

An eleventh aspect of the invention provides a method of inhibiting NLRP3, the method comprising the use of a compound of the first or second aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention, to inhibit NLRP3.

In one embodiment of the eleventh aspect of the present invention, the method comprises the use of a compound of the first or second aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention, in combination with one or more further active agents.

In one embodiment of the eleventh aspect of the present invention, the method is performed ex vivo or in vitro, for example in order to analyse the effect on cells of NLRP3 inhibition.

In another embodiment of the eleventh aspect of the present invention, the method is performed in vivo. For example, the method may comprise the step of administering an effective amount of a compound of the first or second aspect, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect, to thereby inhibit NLRP3. In one embodiment, the method further comprises the step of co-administering an effective amount of one or more further active agents. Typically, the administration is to a subject in need thereof.

Alternately, the method of the eleventh aspect of the invention may be a method of inhibiting NLRP3 in a non-human animal subject, the method comprising the steps of administering the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or pharmaceutical composition to the non-human animal subject and optionally subsequently mutilating or sacrificing the non-human animal subject. Typically, such a method further comprises the step of analysing one or more tissue or fluid samples from the optionally mutilated or sacrificed non-human animal subject. In one embodiment, the method further comprises the step of co-administering an effective amount of one or more further active agents.

A twelfth aspect of the invention provides a compound of the first or second aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention, for use in the inhibition of NLRP3. Typically, the use comprises the administration of the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or pharmaceutical composition to a subject. In one embodiment, the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or pharmaceutical composition is co-administered with one or more further active agents.

A thirteenth aspect of the invention provides the use of a compound of the first or second aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically effective salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect of the invention, in the manufacture of a medicament for the inhibition of NLRP3. Typically, the inhibition comprises the administration of the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or medicament to a subject. In one embodiment, the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or medicament is co-administered with one or more further active agents.

In any embodiment of any of the fifth to thirteenth aspects of the present invention that comprises the use or co-administration of one or more further active agents, the one or more further active agents may comprise for example one, two or three different further active agents.

The one or more further active agents may be used or administered prior to, simultaneously with, sequentially with or subsequent to each other and/or to the compound of the first or second aspect of the invention, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention. Where the one or more further active agents are administered simultaneously with the compound of the first or second aspect of the invention, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug of the third aspect of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition of the fourth aspect of the invention may be administered wherein the pharmaceutical composition additionally comprises the one or more further active agents.

In one embodiment of any of the fifth to thirteenth aspects of the present invention that comprises the use or co-administration of one or more further active agents, the one or more further active agents are selected from:

-   -   (i) chemotherapeutic agents;     -   (ii) antibodies;     -   (iii) alkylating agents;     -   (iv) anti-metabolites;     -   (v) anti-angiogenic agents;     -   (vi) plant alkaloids and/or terpenoids;     -   (vii) topoisomerase inhibitors;     -   (viii) mTOR inhibitors;     -   (ix) stilbenoids;     -   (x) STING agonists;     -   (xi) cancer vaccines;     -   (xii) immunomodulatory agents;     -   (xiii) antibiotics;     -   (xiv) anti-fungal agents;     -   (xv) anti-helminthic agents; and/or     -   (xvi) other active agents.

It will be appreciated that these general embodiments defined according to broad categories of active agents are not mutually exclusive. In this regard any particular active agent may be categorized according to more than one of the above general embodiments. A non-limiting example is urelumab which is an antibody that is an immunomodulatory agent for the treatment of cancer.

In some embodiments, the one or more chemotherapeutic agents are selected from abiraterone acetate, altretamine, amsacrine, anhydrovinblastine, auristatin, azathioprine, adriamycin, bexarotene, bicalutamide, BMS 184476, bleomycin, N,N-dimethyl-L-valyl-L-valyl-N-methyl-L-valyl-L-prolyl-L-proline-t-butylamide, cisplatin, carboplatin, carboplatin cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, cachectin, cemadotin, cyclophosphamide, carmustine, cryptophycin, cytarabine, docetaxel, doxetaxel, doxorubicin, dacarbazine (DTIC), dactinomycin, daunorubicin, decitabine, dolastatin, etoposide, etoposide phosphate, enzalutamide (MDV3100), 5-fluorouracil, fludarabine, flutamide, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea and hydroxyureataxanes, idarubicin, ifosfamide, irinotecan, leucovorin, lonidamine, lomustine (CCNU), larotaxel (RPR109881), mechlorethamine, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitomycin C, mitoxantrone, melphalan, mivobulin, 3′,4′-didehydro-4′-deoxy-8′-norvin-caleukoblastine, nilutamide, oxaliplatin, onapristone, prednimustine, procarbazine, paclitaxel, platinum-containing anti-cancer agents, 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluoro-N-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)benzene sulfonamide, prednimustine, procarbazine, rhizoxin, sertenef, streptozocin, stramustine phosphate, tretinoin, tasonermin, taxol, topotecan, tamoxifen, teniposide, taxane, tegafur/uracil, vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vindesine, vindesine sulfate, and/or vinflunine.

Alternatively or in addition, the one or more chemotherapeutic agents may be selected from CD59 complement fragment, fibronectin fragment, gro-beta (CXCL2), heparinases, heparin hexasaccharide fragment, human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG), interferon alpha, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon inducible protein (IP-10), interleukin-12, kringle 5 (plasminogen fragment), metalloproteinase inhibitors (TIMPs), 2-methoxyestradiol, placental ribonuclease inhibitor, plasminogen activator inhibitor, platelet factor-4 (PF4), prolactin 16 kD fragment, proliferin-related protein (PRP), various retinoids, tetrahydrocortisol-S, thrombospondin-1 (TSP-1), transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-β), vasculostatin, vasostatin (calreticulin fragment), and/or cytokines (including interleukins, such as interleukin-2 (IL-2), or IL-10).

In some embodiments, the one or more antibodies may comprise one or more monoclonal antibodies. In some embodiments, the one or more antibodies are selected from abciximab, adalimumab, alemtuzumab, atlizumab, basiliximab, belimumab, bevacizumab, bretuximab vedotin, canakinumab, cetuximab, ceertolizumab pegol, daclizumab, denosumab, eculizumab, efalizumab, gemtuzumab, golimumab, ibritumomab tiuxetan, infliximab, ipilimumab, muromonab-CD3, natalizumab, ofatumumab, omalizumab, palivizumab, panitumuab, ranibizumab, rituximab, tocilizumab, tositumomab, and/or trastuzumab.

In some embodiments, the one or more alkylating agents may comprise an agent capable of alkylating nucleophilic functional groups under conditions present in cells, including, for example, cancer cells. In some embodiments, the one or more alkylating agents are selected from cisplatin, carboplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, ifosfamide and/or oxaliplatin. In some embodiments, the alkylating agent may function by impairing cell function by forming covalent bonds with amino, carboxyl, sulfhydryl, and/or phosphate groups in biologically important molecules. In some embodiments, the alkylating agent may function by modifying a cell's DNA.

In some embodiments, the one or more anti-metabolites may comprise an agent capable of affecting or preventing RNA or DNA synthesis. In some embodiments, the one or more anti-metabolites are selected from azathioprine and/or mercaptopurine.

In some embodiments, the one or more anti-angiogenic agents are selected from endostatin, angiogenin inhibitors, angiostatin, angioarrestin, angiostatin (plasminogen fragment), basement-membrane collagen-derived anti-angiogenic factors (tumstatin, canstatin, or arrestin), anti-angiogenic antithrombin III, and/or cartilage-derived inhibitor (CDI).

In some embodiments, the one or more plant alkaloids and/or terpenoids may prevent microtubule function. In some embodiments, the one or more plant alkaloids and/or terpenoids are selected from a vinca alkaloid, a podophyllotoxin and/or a taxane. In some embodiments, the one or more vinca alkaloids may be derived from the Madagascar periwinkle, Catharanthus roseus (formerly known as Vinca rosea), and may be selected from vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine and/or vindesine. In some embodiments, the one or more taxanes are selected from taxol, paclitaxel, docetaxel and/or ortataxel. In some embodiments, the one or more podophyllotoxins are selected from an etoposide and/or teniposide.

In some embodiments, the one or more topoisomerase inhibitors are selected from a type I topoisomerase inhibitor and/or a type II topoisomerase inhibitor, and may interfere with transcription and/or replication of DNA by interfering with DNA supercoiling. In some embodiments, the one or more type I topoisomerase inhibitors may comprise a camptothecin, which may be selected from exatecan, irinotecan, lurtotecan, topotecan, BNP 1350, CKD 602, DB 67 (AR67) and/or ST 1481. In some embodiments, the one or more type II topoisomerase inhibitors may comprise an epipodophyllotoxin, which may be selected from an amsacrine, etoposid, etoposide phosphate and/or teniposide.

In some embodiments, the one or more mTOR (mammalian target of rapamycin, also known as the mechanistic target of rapamycin) inhibitors are selected from rapamycin, everolimus, temsirolimus and/or deforolimus.

In some embodiments, the one or more stilbenoids are selected from resveratrol, piceatannol, pinosylvin, pterostilbene, alpha-viniferin, ampelopsin A, ampelopsin E, diptoindonesin C, diptoindonesin F, epsilon-vinferin, flexuosol A, gnetin H, hemsleyanol D, hopeaphenol, trans-diptoindonesin B, astringin, piceid and/or diptoindonesin A.

In some embodiments, the one or more STING (Stimulator of interferon genes, also known as transmembrane protein (TMEM) 173) agonists may comprise cyclic di-nucleotides, such as cAMP, cGMP, and cGAMP, and/or modified cyclic di-nucleotides that may include one or more of the following modification features: 2′-O/3′-0 linkage, phosphorothioate linkage, adenine and/or guanine analogue, and/or 2′-OH modification (e.g. protection of the 2′-OH with a methyl group or replacement of the 2′-OH by —F or —N₃).

In some embodiments, the one or more cancer vaccines are selected from an HPV vaccine, a hepatitis B vaccine, Oncophage, and/or Provenge.

In some embodiments, the one or more immunomodulatory agents may comprise an immune checkpoint inhibitor. The immune checkpoint inhibitor may target an immune checkpoint receptor, or combination of receptors comprising, for example, CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-L2, T cell immunoglobulin and mucin 3 (TIM3 or HAVCR2), galectin 9, phosphatidylserine, lymphocyte activation gene 3 protein (LAG3), MHC class I, MHC class II, 4-1BB, 4-1BBL, OX40, OX40L, GITR, GITRL, CD27, CD70, TNFRSF25, TL1A, CD40, CD40L, HVEM, LIGHT, BTLA, CD160, CD80, CD244, CD48, ICOS, ICOSL, B7-H3, B7-H4, VISTA, TMIGD2, HHLA2, TMIGD2, a butyrophilin (including BTNL2), a Siglec family member, TIGIT, PVR, a killer-cell immunoglobulin-like receptor, an ILT, a leukocyte immunoglobulin-like receptor, NKG2D, NKG2A, MICA, MICB, CD28, CD86, SIRPA, CD47, VEGF, neuropilin, CD30, CD39, CD73, CXCR4, and/or CXCL12.

In some embodiments, the immune checkpoint inhibitor is selected from urelumab, PF-05082566, MEDI6469, TRX518, varlilumab, CP-870893, pembrolizumab (PD1), nivolumab (PD1), atezolizumab (formerly MPDL3280A) (PD-L1), MEDI4736 (PD-L1), avelumab (PD-L1), PDRooi (PD1), BMS-986016, MGA271, lirilumab, IPH2201, emactuzumab, INCB024360, galunisertib, ulocuplumab, BKT140, bavituximab, CC-90002, bevacizumab, and/or MNRP1685A.

In some embodiments, the one or more antibiotics are selected from amikacin, gentamicin, kanamycin, neomycin, netilmicin, tobramycin, paromomycin, streptomycin, spectinomycin, geldanamycin, herbimycin, rifaximin, loracarbef, ertapenem, doripenem, imipenem, cilastatin, meropenem, cefadroxil, cefazolin, cefalotin, cefalothin, cefalexin, cefaclor, cefamandole, cefoxitin, cefprozil, cefuroxime, cefixime, cefdinir, cefditoren, cefoperazone, cefotaxime, cefpodoxime, ceftazidime, ceftibuten, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, cefepime, ceftaroline fosamil, ceftobiprole, teicoplanin, vancomycin, telavancin, dalbavancin, oritavancin, clindamycin, lincomycin, daptomycin, azithromycin, clarithromycin, dirithromycin, erythromycin, roxithromycin, troleandomycin, telithromycin, spiramycin, aztreonam, furazolidone, nitrofurantoin, linezolid, posizolid, radezolid, torezolid, amoxicillin, ampicillin, azlocillin, carbenicillin, cloxacillin, dicloxacillin, flucloxacillin, mezlocillin, methicillin, nafcillin, oxacillin, penicillin G, penicillin V, piperacillin, temocillin, ticarcillin, calvulanate, ampicillin, subbactam, tazobactam, ticarcillin, clavulanate, bacitracin, colistin, polymyxin B, ciprofloxacin, enoxacin, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, levofloxacin, lomefloxacin, moxifloxacin, nalidixic acid, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, trovafloxacin, grepafloxacin, sparfloxacin, temafloxacin, mafenide, sulfacetamide, sulfadiazine, silver sulfadiazine, sulfadimethoxine, sulfamethoxazole, sulfanamide, sulfasalazine, sulfisoxazole, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole, sulfonamideochrysoidine, demeclocycline, minocycline, oytetracycline, tetracycline, clofazimine, dapsone, dapreomycin, cycloserine, ethambutol, ethionamide, isoniazid, pyrazinamide, rifampicin, rifabutin, rifapentine, streptomycin, arsphenamine, chloramphenicol, fosfomycin, fusidic acid, metronidazole, mupirocin, platensimycin, quinupristin, dalopristin, thiamphenicol, tigecycyline, tinidazole, trimethoprim, and/or teixobactin.

In some embodiments, the one or more antibiotics may comprise one or more cytotoxic antibiotics. In some embodiments, the one or more cytotoxic antibiotics are selected from an actinomycin, an anthracenedione, an anthracycline, thalidomide, dichloroacetic acid, nicotinic acid, 2-deoxyglucose, and/or chlofazimine. In some embodiments, the one or more actinomycins are selected from actinomycin D, bacitracin, colistin (polymyxin E) and/or polymyxin B. In some embodiments, the one or more antracenediones are selected from mitoxantrone and/or pixantrone. In some embodiments, the one or more anthracyclines are selected from bleomycin, doxorubicin (Adriamycin), daunorubicin (daunomycin), epirubicin, idarubicin, mitomycin, plicamycin and/or valrubicin.

In some embodiments, the one or more anti-fungal agents are selected from bifonazole, butoconazole, clotrimazole, econazole, ketoconazole, luliconazole, miconazole, omoconazole, oxiconazole, sertaconazole, sulconazole, tioconazole, albaconazole, efinaconazole, epoziconazole, fluconazole, isavuconazole, itraconazole, posaconazole, propiconazole, ravusconazole, terconazole, voriconazole, abafungin, amorolfin, butenafine, naftifine, terbinafine, anidulafungin, caspofungin, micafungin, benzoic acid, ciclopirox, flucytosine, 5-fluorocytosine, griseofulvin, haloprogin, tolnaflate, undecylenic acid, and/or balsam of Peru.

In some embodiments, the one or more anti-helminthic agents are selected from benzimidazoles (including albendazole, mebendazole, thiabendazole, fenbendazole, triclabendazole, and flubendazole), abamectin, diethylcarbamazine, ivermectin, suramin, pyrantel pamoate, levamisole, salicylanilides (including niclosamide and oxyclozanide), and/or nitazoxanide.

In some embodiments, other active agents are selected from growth inhibitory agents, anti-inflammatory agents (including nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents), anti-psoriatic agents (including anthralin and its derivatives), vitamins and vitamin-derivatives (including retinoinds, and VDR receptor ligands), corticosteroids, ion channel blockers (including potassium channel blockers), immune system regulators (including cyclosporin, FK 506, and glucocorticoids), lutenizing hormone releasing hormone agonists (such as leuprolidine, goserelin, triptorelin, histrelin, bicalutamide, flutamide and/or nilutamide), and/or hormones (including estrogen).

Unless stated otherwise, in any of the fifth to thirteenth aspects of the invention, the subject may be any human or other animal. Typically, the subject is a mammal, more typically a human or a domesticated mammal such as a cow, pig, lamb, sheep, goat, horse, cat, dog, rabbit, mouse etc. Most typically, the subject is a human.

Any of the medicaments employed in the present invention can be administered by oral, parenteral (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intratracheal, intraperitoneal, intraarticular, intracranial and epidural), airway (aerosol), rectal, vaginal, ocular or topical (including transdermal, buccal, mucosal, sublingual and topical ocular) administration.

Typically, the mode of administration selected is that most appropriate to the disorder, disease or condition to be treated or prevented. Where one or more further active agents are administered, the mode of administration may be the same as or different to the mode of administration of the compound, salt, solvate, prodrug or pharmaceutical composition of the invention.

For oral administration, the compounds, salts, solvates or prodrugs of the present invention will generally be provided in the form of tablets, capsules, hard or soft gelatine capsules, caplets, troches or lozenges, as a powder or granules, or as an aqueous solution, suspension or dispersion.

Tablets for oral use may include the active ingredient mixed with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as inert diluents, disintegrating agents, binding agents, lubricating agents, sweetening agents, flavouring agents, colouring agents and preservatives. Suitable inert diluents include sodium and calcium carbonate, sodium and calcium phosphate, and lactose. Corn starch and alginic acid are suitable disintegrating agents. Binding agents may include starch and gelatine. The lubricating agent, if present, may be magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. If desired, the tablets may be coated with a material, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate, to delay absorption in the gastrointestinal tract. Tablets may also be effervescent and/or dissolving tablets.

Capsules for oral use include hard gelatine capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with a solid diluent, and soft gelatine capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.

Powders or granules for oral use may be provided in sachets or tubs. Aqueous solutions, suspensions or dispersions may be prepared by the addition of water to powders, granules or tablets.

Any form suitable for oral administration may optionally include sweetening agents such as sugar, flavouring agents, colouring agents and/or preservatives.

Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate.

Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.

For parenteral use, the compounds, salts, solvates or prodrugs of the present invention will generally be provided in a sterile aqueous solution or suspension, buffered to an appropriate pH and isotonicity. Suitable aqueous vehicles include Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride or glucose. Aqueous suspensions according to the invention may include suspending agents such as cellulose derivatives, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone and gum tragacanth, and a wetting agent such as lecithin. Suitable preservatives for aqueous suspensions include ethyl and n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate. The compounds of the invention may also be presented as liposome formulations.

For ocular administration, the compounds, salts, solvates or prodrugs of the invention will generally be provided in a form suitable for topical administration, e.g. as eye drops. Suitable forms may include ophthalmic solutions, gel-forming solutions, sterile powders for reconstitution, ophthalmic suspensions, ophthalmic ointments, ophthalmic emulsions, ophthalmic gels and ocular inserts. Alternatively, the compounds, salts, solvates or prodrugs of the invention may be provided in a form suitable for other types of ocular administration, for example as intraocular preparations (including as irrigating solutions, as intraocular, intravitreal or juxtascleral injection formulations, or as intravitreal implants), as packs or corneal shields, as intracameral, subconjunctival or retrobulbar injection formulations, or as iontophoresis formulations.

For transdermal and other topical administration, the compounds, salts, solvates or prodrugs of the invention will generally be provided in the form of ointments, cataplasms (poultices), pastes, powders, dressings, creams, plasters or patches.

Suitable suspensions and solutions can be used in inhalers for airway (aerosol) administration.

The dose of the compounds, salts, solvates or prodrugs of the present invention will, of course, vary with the disease, disorder or condition to be treated or prevented. In general, a suitable dose will be in the range of 0.01 to 500 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day. The desired dose may be presented at an appropriate interval such as once every other day, once a day, twice a day, three times a day or four times a day. The desired dose may be administered in unit dosage form, for example, containing 1 mg to 50 g of active ingredient per unit dosage form.

For the avoidance of doubt, insofar as is practicable any embodiment of a given aspect of the present invention may occur in combination with any other embodiment of the same aspect of the present invention. In addition, insofar as is practicable it is to be understood that any preferred, typical or optional embodiment of any aspect of the present invention should also be considered as a preferred, typical or optional embodiment of any other aspect of the present invention.

EXAMPLES—COMPOUND SYNTHESIS

All solvents, reagents and compounds were purchased and used without further purification unless stated otherwise.

Abbreviations

-   -   2-MeTHF 2-methyltetrahydrofuran     -   Ac₂O acetic anhydride     -   AcOH acetic acid     -   aq aqueous     -   Boc tert-butyloxycarbonyl     -   br broad     -   Cbz carboxybenzyl     -   CDI 1,1-carbonyl-diimidazole     -   conc concentrated     -   d doublet     -   DABCO 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane     -   DAST diethylaminosulfur trifluoride     -   DCE 1,2-dichloroethane, also called ethylene dichloride     -   DCM dichloromethane     -   DIPEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine, also called Hünig's base     -   DMA dimethylacetamide     -   DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine, also called         N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine     -   DME dimethoxyethane     -   DMF N,N-dimethylformamide     -   DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide     -   EDC 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide     -   eq or equiv equivalent     -   (ES⁺) electrospray ionization, positive mode     -   Et ethyl     -   EtOAc ethyl acetate     -   EtOH ethanol     -   h hour(s)     -   HATU         1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium         3-oxid hexafluorophosphate     -   HPLC high performance liquid chromatography     -   LC liquid chromatography     -   m multiplet     -   m-CPBA 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid     -   Me methyl     -   MeCN acetonitrile     -   MeOH methanol     -   (M+H)⁺ protonated molecular ion     -   MHz megahertz     -   min minute(s)     -   MS mass spectrometry     -   Ms mesyl, also called methanesulfonyl     -   MsCl mesyl chloride, also called methanesulfonyl chloride     -   MTBE methyl tert-butyl ether, also called tert-butyl methyl         ether     -   m/z mass-to-charge ratio     -   NaHMDS sodium hexamethyldisilazide, also called sodium         bis(trimethylsilyl)amide     -   NaO^(t)Bu sodium tert-butoxide     -   NBS 1-bromopyrrolidine-2,5-dione, also called N-bromosuccinimide     -   NCS 1-chloropyrrolidine-2,5-dione, also called         N-chlorosuccinimide     -   NMP N-methylpyrrolidine     -   NMR nuclear magnetic resonance (spectroscopy)     -   Pd(OAc)₂ palladium acetate     -   Pd(dba)₂ bis(dibenzylideneacetone) palladium(0)     -   Pd₂(dba)₃ tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(0)     -   Pd(dppf)Cl₂ [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]         dichloropalladium(II)     -   PE petroleum ether     -   Ph phenyl     -   PMB p-methoxybenzyl, also called 4-methoxybenzyl     -   prep-HPLC preparative high performance liquid chromatography     -   prep-TLC preparative thin layer chromatography     -   PTSA p-toluenesulfonic acid     -   q quartet     -   RP reversed phase     -   RT room temperature     -   s singlet     -   sat saturated     -   SCX solid supported cation exchange (resin)     -   SEM 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl     -   sept septuplet     -   t triplet     -   T3P propylphosphonic anhydride     -   TBME tert-butyl methyl ether, also called methyl tert-butyl         ether     -   TEA triethylamine     -   TFAA 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid anhydride     -   TFA 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid     -   THF tetrahydrofuran     -   TLC thin layer chromatography     -   TMSCl trimethylsilyl chloride     -   wt % weight percent or percent by weight     -   XantPhos® 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene     -   Xphos® 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl     -   XtalFluor-E® (diethylamino)difluorosulfonium tetrafluoroborate

Experimental Methods

Analytical Methods

NMR spectra were recorded at 300, 400 or 500 MHz with chemical shifts reported in parts per million. Spectra were measured at 298 K, unless indicated otherwise, and were referenced relative to the solvent resonance. Spectra were collected using one of the machines below:—

-   -   An Agilent VNMRS 300 instrument fitted with a 7.05 Tesla magnet         from Oxford instruments, indirect detection probe and direct         drive console including PFG module.     -   An Agilent MercuryPlus 300 instrument fitted with a 7.05 Tesla         magnet from Oxford instruments, 4 nuclei auto-switchable probe         and Mercury plus console.     -   A Bruker Avance III spectrometer at 400 MHz fitted with a BBO 5         mm liquid probe.     -   A Bruker 400 MHz spectrometer using ICON-NMR, under TopSpin         program control.     -   A Bruker Avance III HD spectrometer at 500 MHz, equipped with a         Bruker 5 mm SmartProbe™.

HPLC and LC-MS were recorded on an Agilent 1290 series with UV detector and HP 6130 MSD mass detector. Mobile phase A: ammonium acetate (mM); water/MeOH/acetonitrile (900:60:40); mobile phase B: ammonium acetate (mM); water/MeOH/acetonitrile (100:540:360); column, Waters XBridge BEH C18 XP (2.1×50 mm, 2.5 μm).

Pump flow: 0.6 mL/min UV detection: 215, 238 nm Injection volume: 0.2 μL Run time: 4.0 min Column temperature: 35° C. Mass detection: API-ES +ve and −ive

Pump Program:

Gradient Time (min) % A % B 0.0 80 20 0.5 80 20 2.0 0 100

Alternatively LC-MS were recorded using SHIMADZU LCMS-2020, Agilent 1200 LC/G1956A MSD and Agilent 1200\G6110A, or Agilent 1200 LC & Agilent 6110 MSD. Mobile Phase: A: 0.025% NH₃·H₂O in water (v/v); B: Acetonitrile. Column: Kinetex EVO C18 2.1×30 mm, 5 μm.

Reversed Phase HPLC Conditions for the LCMS Analytical Methods

Methods 1a and 1b: Waters Xselect CSH C18 XP column (4.6×30 mm, 2.5 μm) at 40° C.; flow rate 2.5-4.5 mL min-1 eluted with a H₂O-MeCN gradient containing either 0.1% v/v formic acid (Method 1a) or 10 mM NH₄HCO₃ in water (Method 1b) over 4 min employing UV detection at 254 nm.

Method 1c: Agilent 1290 series with UV detector and HP 6130 MSD mass detector using Waters XBridge BEH C18 XP column (2.1×50 mm, 2.5 μm) at 35° C.; flow rate 0.6 mL/min; mobile phase A: ammonium acetate (10 mM); water/MeOH/acetonitrile (900:60:40); mobile phase B: ammonium acetate (10 mM); water/MeOH/acetonitrile (100:540:360); over 4 min employing UV detection at 215 and 238 nm.

Reversed Phase HPLC Conditions for the UPLC Analytical Methods

Methods 2a and 2b: Waters BEH C18 (2.1×30 mm, 1.7 μm) at 40° C.; flow rate 0.77 mL min-1 eluted with a H₂O-MeCN gradient containing either 0.1% v/v formic acid (Method 2a) or 10 mM NH₄HCO₃ in water (Method 2b) over 3 min employing UV detection at 254 nm.

Purification Method 1

Automated reversed phase column chromatography was carried out using a Buchi Sepracoreo X50 system driven by a C-605 pump module, C-620 Sepracore control package, C-640 UV photometer detection unit and C-660 fraction collector.

Revelis C18 reversed-phase 12 g cartridge

-   -   Carbon loading 18%

Surface area 568 m²/g Pore diameter 65 Angstrom pH (5% slurry) 5.1 Average particle size 40 μm

The column was conditioned before use with MeOH (5 min), then brought to H₂O (in 5 min) and kept 5 min at H₂O. Flow rate=30 mL/min.

Separation Runs:

Time (min) A: water (%) B: MeOH (%) 0 100 0 5 100 0 30 30 70 30.1 0 100 35 0 100

Detection wavelength: 215, 235, 254 and 280 nm. Before each new run, the cartridge was cleaned using the conditioning method.

Purification Method 2

Preparative column chromatography was carried out using a Waters prep system driven by a 2767 Sample Manager, SFO System Fluidics Organizer, 515 HPLC Pumps, 2545 Binary Gradient Module, 2998 Photodiode Array Detector, SQD Detector 2 with ESI mass. Mobile phase ACD: acetonitrile; mobile phase A: ammonium acetate (10 mM); mobile phase B: acetonitrile; column, XSelect CSH Prep C18 OBD (100×30 mm; 5 μm).

Pump flow: 40 mL/min Injection volume: 1.5 mL Run time: 15.0 min Column temperature: not controlled Mass detection: API-ES +ive and −ive

Pump Program:

Flow (ml/min) Flow (ml/min) Time (min) Bin. pump ACD pump % A % B 0.0 22 4 85 15 2.0 38 2 85 15 2.5 38 2 85 15 10.0 38 2 65 35 10.1 38 2 5 95 12.0 38 2 5 95 12.1 38 2 85 15 15.0 38 2 85 15

Purification Method (Acidic Prep)

Preparative reversed phase HPLC was carried out using a Waters X-Select CSH column C18, 5 μm (19×50 mm), flow rate 28 mL min-1 eluting with a H₂O-MeCN gradient containing 0.1% v/v formic acid over 6.5 min using UV detection at 254 nm. Gradient information: 0.0-0.2 min, 20% MeCN; 0.2-5.5 min, ramped from 20% MeCN to 40% MeCN; 5.5-5.6 min, ramped from 40% MeCN to 95% MeCN; 5.6-6.5 min, held at 95% MeCN.

Purification Method 4 (Basic Prep)

Preparative reversed phase HPLC was carried out using a Waters X-Bridge Prep column C18, 5 μm (19×50 mm), flow rate 28 mL min-1 eluting with a 10 mM NH₄HCO₃-MeCN gradient over 6.5 min using UV detection at 254 nm. Gradient information: 0.0-0.2 min, 10% MeCN; 0.2-5.5 min, ramped from 10% MeCN to 40% MeCN; 5.5-5.6 min, ramped from 40% MeCN to 95% MeCN; 5.6-6.5 min, held at 95% MeCN.

Alternatively automated reversed phase HPLC column chromatography purification was carried out using:

-   -   (i) a Gilson GX-281 system driven by a Gilson-322 pump module,         Gilson-156 UV photometer detection unit and Gilson-281 fraction         collector. Detection wavelength: 220 nm and 254 nm and 215 nm.     -   (ii) a Gilson GX-215 system driven by a LC-20AP pump module,         SPD-20A UV photometer detection unit and Gilson-215 fraction         collector. Detection wavelength: 220 nm and 254 nm and 215 nm.     -   (iii) a TELEDYNE ISCO CombiFlash Rf+150. Detection wavelength:         220 nm and 254 nm and 215 nm.     -   (iv) a Shimadzu CBM-20A system driven by LC-20AP pump module,         SPD-20A UV photometer detection unit and FRC-10A fraction         collector. Detection wavelength: 220 nm and 254 nm and 215 nm.

Synthesis of Intermediates Intermediate A1: 2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid salt Step A: 2-Bromo-4-fluoro-6-(prop-1-en-2-yl)aniline

2,6-Dibromo-4-fluoroaniline (10.0 g, 37.2 mmol), 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(prop-1-en-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (6.87 g, 40.9 mmol) and potassium carbonate (15.4 g, 112 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (8 mL) and water (4 mL) and degassed four times under argon atmosphere. Pd(dppf)Cl₂—CH₂Cl₂ (1.52 g, 1.86 mmol) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 48 hours. Water (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (40 mL) were added and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, evaporated to dryness and subjected to column chromatography (SiO₂, heptanes with 15% ethyl acetate) to yield the title compound (3.5 g, 41%) as a light brown oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.10 (dd, 1H), 6.76 (dd, 1H), 5.36 (bs, 1H), 5.08 (bs, 1H), 4.05 (bs, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H).

Step B: 4-Fluoro-2-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-6-(prop-1-en-2-yl)aniline

2-Bromo-4-fluoro-6-(prop-1-en-2-yl)aniline (8.56 g, 37.2 mmol) and 2-methoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine (10.5 g, 44.6 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (10 mL) under N₂ atmosphere. Potassium carbonate (15.4 g, 112 mmol) in water (10 mL) was added. Pd(dppf)Cl₂—CH₂Cl₂ (1.52 g, 1.86 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at reflux. The dioxane was largely removed by rotary evaporation. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness to yield the title compound (8.0 g, 83%) as a brown oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.20 (d, 1H), 7.00 (m, 2H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.72 (d, 1H), 5.34 (bs, 1H), 5.09 (bs, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.80 (bs, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H).

LCMS: m/z 259 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step C: 4-Fluoro-2-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-6-(isopropyl)aniline

4-Fluoro-2-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-6-(prop-1-en-2-yl)aniline (8.0 g, 31 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL). Pd/C (0.4 g, 0.4 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight under H₂ atmosphere. The product was filtered over Celite® and subjected to column chromatography (SiO₂, heptanes with 15% ethyl acetate) yielding the title compound (7.9 g, 99%) as a colourless oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.21 (d, 1H), 6.98 (dd, 1H), 6.92 (dd, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.70 (dd, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.61 (bs, 2H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 1.25 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 261 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step D: 4-(2-Bromo-5-fluoro-3-isopropylphenyl)-2-methoxypyridine

4-Fluoro-2-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-6-(isopropyl)aniline (200 mg, 768 μmol) in acetonitrile (12 mL) at 0° C. was treated with concentrated HBr (1.3 g) in water (1 mL). Sodium nitrite (58.3 mg, 845 μmol) in water (1 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 45 minutes. Copper(I) bromide (110 mg, 768 μmol) and copper(II) bromide (172 mg, 768 μmol) were added and the mixture was allowed to reach room temperature over 2 hours. The mixture was poured into saturated sodium carbonate solution (so mL. The mixture was extracted with DCM (2×50 mL. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness in vacuo to yield the title compound (160 mg, 64%) as a brown oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.20 (d, 1H), 7.02 (dd, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 6.82 (dd, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 324 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step E: (2-(tert-Butoxy)-2-oxoethyl) zinc (II) bromide

To a mixture of Zn (55 g, 841.11 mmol, 2.98 eq) in THF (550 mL) was added TMSCl (3.06 g, 28.20 mmol, 0.1 eq) and 1,2-dibromoethane (5.30 g, 28.20 mmol, 0.1 eq) under N₂ atmosphere. The mixture was refluxed for 1 hour. After cooling to 40° C., tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate (55 g, 281.97 mmol, 1 eq) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled, decanted and the supernatant was used into the next step without further purification (crude).

Step F: tert-Butyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetate

4-(2-Bromo-5-fluoro-3-isopropylphenyl)-2-methoxypyridine (3-1, 9.6 mmol) was dissolved in THF (25 mL) under N₂ atmosphere. Pd₂dba₃ (chloroform adduct) (0.55 g, 0.53 mmol) and Xphos (0.50 g, 1.1 mmol) were added. (2-(tert-Butoxy)-2-oxoethyl) zinc (II) bromide (5.5 g, 21 mmol) in THF (20 ml) (prepared in step E) was added and the mixture was heated to 80° C. and stirred overnight. Then the mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered over Celite® and evaporated to dryness in vacuo. The crude product was subjected to column chromatography (SiO₂, heptanes with a 0 to 20% gradient of ethyl acetate) yielding the title compound (1.7 g, 48%) as a colourless oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.19 (d, 1H), 7.03 (dd, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 6.78 (dd, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 2H), 3.02 (m, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.23 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 360 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step G: 2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid salt

tert-Butyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetate (3.4 g, 9.5 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and TFA (15 g, 10 mL, 0.13 mol) and stirred for 6 hours at room temperature. The mixture was evaporated to dryness, yielding the title compound (3.9 g, 99%) as a colourless oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.19 (d, 1H), 7.03 (dd, 1H), 6.81 (d, 1H), 6.78 (dd, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 3.02 (m, 1H), 1.23 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 302 (M−H)⁻ (ES⁻).

Intermediate A2: 2-(5-(2-Methoxypyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetyl chloride Step A: 5-(Benzyloxy)-4-bromo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indene

To a solution of 4-bromo-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-5-ol (1.36 g, 6.38 mmol, 1 eq) (Hunsberger et al., JACS, 1955, vol. 77(9), pages 2466-2475) in dimethylformamide (35 mL) was added potassium carbonate (1.76 g, 12.8 mmol, 2 eq) and benzyl bromide (0.83 mL, 7.02 mmol, 1.1 eq). The reaction mixture was heated to 60° C. After stirring for 1.5 hours, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with diethyl ether. The organic layer was washed 4 times with water, once with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and then concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (1.83 g, 6.04 mmol, 94%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.52-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 1H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 2.96 (t, 4H), 2.10 (p, 2H).

Step B: tert-Butyl 2-(5-(benzyloxy)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate

A solution of 5-(benzyloxy)-4-bromo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indene (1.83 g, 6.04 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was bubbled through with nitrogen for 20 minutes. To the degassed solution was added tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)-chloroform adduct (312 mg, 302 μmol, 0.05 eq) and dicyclohexyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl)phosphane (288 mg, 604 μmol, 0.1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. After that, (2-(tert-butoxy)-2-oxoethyl) zinc (II) bromide (Intermediate A1, Step E) in THF (0.55 molar, 22 mL, 12.1 mmol, 2 eq) was added and the reaction mixture was heated in a sand bath at 70° C. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then diluted with diethyl ether. The reaction mixture was washed twice with saturated ammonium chloride, once with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was submitted to normal phase flash chromatography using heptane and ethyl acetate as eluent to afford the title compound (1.82 g, 5.38 mmol, 89%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.44 (d, 2H), 7.40-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 1H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.87 (t, 4H), 2.08 (p, 2H), 1.40 (s, 9H).

Step C: tert-Butyl 2-(5-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate

A solution of tert-butyl 2-(5-(benzyloxy)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate (1.82 g, 5.38 mmol, 1 eq) in 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (50 mL) was bubbled through with nitrogen for 20 minutes. After that, Pd/C (10 wt % loading, matrix activated carbon support, 0.57 g, 538 μmol, 0.1 eq) was added and the flask was charged with hydrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere. After 1.5 hours of stirring, another batch of Pd/C (10 wt % loading, matrix activated carbon support, 0.57 g, 538 μmol, 0.1 eq) was added. After stirring over the weekend, the reaction mixture was filtered over Celite®, and the residue was washed extensively with ethyl acetate. The filtrates were combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (1.28 g, 5.15 mmol, 95%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.33 (bs, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 6.76 (d, 1H), 3.57 (s, 2H), 2.88 (td, 4H), 2.15-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H).

Step D: tert-Butyl 2-(5-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate

A solution of tert-butyl 2-(5-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate (1.28 g, 5.15 mmol, 1 eq) and triethylamine (1.4 mL, 10.3 mmol, 2 eq) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was cooled in an ice bath. To the cooled greenish solution was added dropwise triflic anhydride (0.87 mL, 5.15 mmol, 1 eq). After complete addition, the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to reach room temperature. After 1 hour of stirring, the reaction mixture was washed three times with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, once with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (1.74 g, 4.57 mmol, 88%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 2.92 (dt, 4H), 2.14 (p, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H).

Step E: tert-Butyl 2-(5-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate

A suspension of 2-methoxy-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine (1.08 g, 4.57 mmol, 1 eq), tert-butyl 2-(5-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate (1.74 g, 4.57 mmol, 1 eq) and potassium carbonate (1.90 g, 13.7 mmol, 3 eq) in 1,4-dioxane (25 mL) was bubbled through with nitrogen for 20 minutes. After that, [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloro palladium (II) (167 mg, 229 μmol, 0.05 eq) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. After stirring overnight, another batch of [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloro palladium (II) (167 mg, 229 μmol, 0.05 eq) was added and the temperature of the reaction mixture was increased to 100° C. After 2 more hours of stirring, another batch of [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloro palladium (II) (167 mg, 229 μmol, 0.05 eq) was added. After stirring for 20 more hours, another batch of [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloro palladium (II) (167 mg, 229 μmol, 0.05 eq) was added. After 3 more hours of stirring, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then filtered. The residue was washed with ethyl acetate and dichloromethane. The filtrates were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was submitted to normal phase flash chromatography using heptane and ethyl acetate as eluent to afford the title compound (358 mg, 1.05 mmol, 23%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.16 (d, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 6.86 (dd, 1H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 3.97 (d, 3H), 3.46 (s, 2H), 2.99 (t, 2H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 2.13 (p, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

Step F: 2-(5-(2-Methoxypyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid salt

A solution of tert-butyl 2-(5-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate (172 mg, 507 μmol, 1 eq) in trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL, 13 mmol, 26 eq) was stirred at room temperature. After for 20 hours, more trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL, 6.5 mmol, 13 eq) was added. After 2 more hours, the solution was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was suspended in toluene and then concentrated again; this was performed 3 times to afford the title compound (180 mg, 506 μmol, 89%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.23 (dd, 1H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.23-6.99 (m, 3H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.97 (dt, 4H), 2.14 (p, 2H).

Step G: 2-(5-(2-Methoxypyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetylchloride

To a solution of 2-(5-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid salt (219 mg, 0.55 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) was added one drop of dimethylformamide and then dropwise oxalyl chloride (145 μL, 1.65 mmol, 3 eq) at room temperature. After stirring for 2 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was used in the next step without any purification.

Intermediate A3: 2-(5-(2-Cyanopyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetyl chloride Step A: tert-Butyl 2-(5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate

A solution of tert-butyl 2-(5-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate (Intermediate A2, Step D) (4.64 g, 12.2 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane (61 mL) was degassed with nitrogen. After that, 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (5.3 mL, 36.6 mmol, 3.9 eq), triethylamine (mL, 73.2 mmol, 6.0 eq) and [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) adduct (498 mg, 610 μmol, 0.05 eq) was added. The reaction mixture was heated in a sand bath set at 100° C. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was submitted to normal phase flash chromatography using heptane and ethyl acetate as eluent to afford the title compound (3.79 g, 10.5 mmol, 86%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.63 (d, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 3.92 (d, 2H), 2.90 (dt, 4H), 2.04 (p, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.32 (s, 12H).

Step B: tert-Butyl 2-(5-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate

A solution of tert-butyl 2-(5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate (3.74 g, 10.4 mmol, 1 eq) and 4-bromopicolinonitrile (2.29 g, 12.5 mmol, 1.2 eq) in acetonitrile (74 mL) and water (30 mL) was degassed with nitrogen. Then sodium carbonate (1.77 g, 16.7 mmol, 1.6 eq) and [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) adduct (852 mg, 1.04 mmol, 0.1 eq) were added. The reaction mixture was heated in a sand bath set at 80° C. After 50 minutes, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was submitted to normal phase flash chromatography using ethyl acetate and heptane as eluent to afford the title compound (2.63 g, 7.86 mmol, 75%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.71 (dd, 1H), 7.72 (dd, 1H), 7.52 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 3.42 (s, 2H), 3.01 (t, 2H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 2.15 (p, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).

Step C: 2-(5-(2-Cyanopyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetic acid TFA salt and 2-(5-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetic acid TFA salt in ratio 7:3

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(5-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetate (2.63 g, 7.86 mmol, 1 eq) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (20 mL, 0.26 mol, 33 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours and then toluene (40 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was concentrated to about 40 mL, and then again toluene (40 mL) was added; this process was done twice. Then all solvents were evaporated in vacuo to afford 2-(5-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetic acid (2.92 g, 94%) as a ˜7:3 mixture with 2-(5-(2-carbamoylpyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetic acid both as the TFA salt.

¹H NMR (of 2-(5-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetic acid) (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.78 (d, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.58 (dd, 1H), 7.34-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 3.58 (d, 2H), 3.04 (d, 2H), 2.94 (t, 2H), 2.17 (p, 2H).

Step D: 2-(5-(2-Cyanopyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetyl chloride

To a solution of 2-(5-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetic acid (non salt form) (34 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous dichloromethane (2 mL) was added one drop of dimethylformamide and after that dropwise oxalyl chloride (32 μL, 0.37 mmol, 3 eq) at room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour, the volatiles were removed in vacuo and the crude product was used for the following step without any purification.

Intermediate A4: 2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetyl chloride

2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetic acid, TFA salt (Intermediate A1) (61 mg, 0.2 mmol) was stirred in DCM (10 mL) and one drop of dimethylformamide was added followed by the dropwise addition of oxalylchloride (88 μL, 1 mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then concentrated thoroughly to afford the title compound (65 mg, 99%) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.88-6.75 (m, 1H), 4.40 (s, 3H), 4.08 (s, 2H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 1.27 (m 6H).

Intermediate A5: 2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)acetyl chloride Step A: 2-Bromo-4-fluoro-6-methoxyaniline

A solution of 4-fluoro-2-methoxyaniline (17.5 g, 0.12 mol) in DMF (200 mL) was cooled to 0° C. 1-Bromopyrrolidine-2,5-dione (22.1 g, 0.12 mol) was added in portions over 1 hour. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at 0° C. and for 40 hours at 21° C. Then the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified over silica using ethyl acetate/heptane as the eluent to afford the title compound (4 g, 15%) as a pale red oil which crystallized upon standing.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.86 (dd, 1H), 6.54 (dd, 1H), 3.94 (s, br, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H).

Step B: 4-Fluoro-2-methoxy-6-(prop-1-en-2-yl)aniline

A mixture of 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(prop-1-en-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (18 g, 0.11 mol), cesium carbonate (36 g, 0.11 mol) and 2-bromo-4-fluoro-6-methoxyaniline (16 g, 0.073 mol) in dioxane/water (150 mL, 10/1) was purged with nitrogen. Next [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), complex with dichloromethane (2.5 g, 3 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 36 hours at 90° C. under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was filtered over Celite® and evaporated. The residue was purified over silica using ethyl acetate/heptane as the eluent to afford the title compound (11.6 g, 86%) as a pale brown oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.47 (m, 2H), 5.32 (s, 1H), 5.09 (s, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, br, 2H), 2.07 (s, 3H).

Step C: 4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-methoxyaniline

A mixture of 4-fluoro-2-methoxy-6-(prop-1-en-2-yl)aniline (2.0 g, 11 mmol) and Pd/C (%, 100 mg) in methanol was stirred for 36 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. The mixture was filtered over Celite® and evaporated to afford the title compound (2 g, 100%) as a pale brown oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.52 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.58 (s, br, 2H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 1.29 (d, 6H).

Step D: 2-Bromo-5-fluoro-1-isopropyl-3-methoxybenzene

4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-methoxyaniline (3.084 g, 16.8 mmol) in 48% HBr (15 mL)/water (15 mL) was cooled to −5° C. A solution of sodium nitrite (1.39 g, 20 mmol) in water (10 ml) was added dropwise over 15 minutes and then the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes at 0° C. The diazo mixture was added dropwise to a suspension of copper(I) bromide (2.41 g, 16.8 mmol) in 48% HBr (10 mL)/water (10 mL) at reflux. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 hours, and then extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified over silica using ethyl acetate/heptane as the eluent to afford the title compound (1.7 g, 41%) as a colourless oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.65 (dd, 1H), 6.51 (dd, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.48 (m, 1H), 1.22 (d, 6H).

Step E: tert-Butyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-methoxyphenyl)acetate

To 2-bromo-5-fluoro-1-isopropyl-3-methoxybenzene (1.5 g, 6.1 mmol) in THF was added Xphos (275 mg, 0.58 mmol) and the mixture was purged for 15 minutes with nitrogen. Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)-chloroform adduct (300 mg, 0.29 mmol) was added and (2-(tert-butoxy)-2-oxoethyl) zinc (II) bromide (Intermediate A1, Step E) (3.2 g, 12 mmol) in THF was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 5 hours, poured into saturated NaHCO₃ and extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified over silica using ethyl acetate/heptane as the eluent to afford the title compound (1.2 g, 72%) as a pale yellow oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.61 (dd, 1H), 6.46 (dd, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.19 (d, 6H).

Step F: 2-(4-Fluoro-2-hydroxy-6-isopropylphenyl)acetic acid

A solution of tert-butyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-methoxyphenyl)acetate (0.86 g, 3.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was cooled to −60° C. Tribromoborane (2.3 g, 9.1 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours at −60 to −30° C. The dichloromethane layer was washed with NaOH (10%). The basic water layer was acidified to pH 1 with HCl (37%) and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified over silica using ethyl acetate/heptane as the eluent to afford the title compound (0.45 g, 70%) as a pale yellow oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.72 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 1.25 (d, 6H).

Step G: Methyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-hydroxy-6-isopropylphenyl)acetate

To a solution of 2-(4-fluoro-2-hydroxy-6-isopropylphenyl)acetic acid (450 mg, 2.12 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) was added H₂SO₄ (50 mg, 98%) and the mixture was refluxed for 6 hours. The bulk of the methanol was evaporated. Tert-butyl methyl ether was added and the organic layer was washed with brine (2×), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound (480 mg, 100%) as an oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.61 (dd, 1H), 6.50 (dd, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 1.20 (d, 6H).

Step H: Methyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)phenyl) acetate

A solution of methyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-hydroxy-6-isopropylphenyl)acetate (120 mg, 0.53 mmol) in dichloromethane (12 mL) was cooled to 0° C. Triethylamine (1 mL) and next trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (224 mg, 0.80 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours at 21° C. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified over silica using ethyl acetate/heptane as the eluent to afford the title compound (130 mg, 68%) as a colourless oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.07 (dd, 1H), 6.94 (dd, 1H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.09 (m, 1H), 1.21 (d, 6H).

Step I: Methyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)acetate

A mixture of methyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)phenyl) acetate (100 mg, 0.28 mmol), cesium carbonate (91 mg, 0.28 mmol) and 3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine (114 mg, 0.56 mmol) in dioxane/water ( 1/10, 4 mL) was purged with nitrogen. PdCl₂(dppf)-CH₂Cl₂ adduct (20 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was warmed for 2 hours at 130° C. in a microwave. The reaction mixture was filtered over Celite®. The solvents were evaporated and the residue was purified over silica using ethyl acetate/heptane as the eluent to afford the title compound (55 mg, 69%) as an oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.62 (s, br, 1H), 8.53 (s, br, 1H), 7.63 (d, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 6.79 (dd, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 288 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step J: 2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)acetic acid

A mixture of methyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)acetate (415 mg, 1.45 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (0.19 g, 2.88 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) and water (2 mL) was refluxed for 4 hours. The solvents were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in methanol (50 mL). The solution was acidified with Amberlite® IRC-86 weakly acidic ion exchange resin to pH 6, filtered and evaporated to afford the title compound (360 mg, 91%) as an off white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.77 (s, br, 1H), 8.57 (s, br, 1H), 7.76 (d, 1H), 7.47 (s, br, 1H), 7.09 (dd, 1H), 6.76 (dd, 1H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 1.28 (d, 6H).

Step K: 2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)acetyl chloride

2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)acetic acid (50 mg, 0.18 mmol) was stirred in DCM (10 mL) and one drop of dimethylformamide was added followed by the dropwise addition of oxalylchloride (48 μL, 0.55 mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and concentrated thoroughly to afford the title compound (3 mg, 99%) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.89 (d, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, 1H), 8.07 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.16 (m, 1H), 6.85-6.71 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 1.27 (m, 6H).

Intermediate A6: 2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetyl chloride Step A: 4-Fluoro-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-6-(prop-1-en-2-yl)aniline

A mixture of 2-bromo-4-fluoro-6-(prop-1-en-2-yl)aniline (Intermediate A1, Step A) (13.9 g, 36 mmol) in dioxane (150 ml) and water (20 ml) was flushed with nitrogen (gas). Cesium carbonate (18 g, 54 mmol) and PdCl₂(dppf)-CH₂Cl₂ (0.74 g, 0.91 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen (gas). Next 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine (11 g, 54 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated for 15 hours at 100° C. The dioxane was evaporated and the water layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified over silica, using ethyl acetate/heptane as the eluent to afford the title compound (6 g, 73%) as a brown oil which crystallized upon standing.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.69 (d, 2H), 7.42 (d, 2H), 6.78 (dd, 1H), 6.72 (dd, 1H), 5.36 (s, 1H), 5.11 (s, 1H), 3.74 (bs, 2H), 2.09 (m, 3H).

Step B: 4-Fluoro-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-6-(isopropyl)aniline

4-Fluoro-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-6-(prop-1-en-2-yl)aniline (4.2 g, 18 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL). Pd/C (10%) (0.4 g, 0.4 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight under a hydrogen atmosphere. The crude product was filtered over Celite® and subjected to column chromatography (SiO₂, heptanes with 15% ethyl acetate). The title compound (3.8 g, 90%) was obtained as a colourless oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.64 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 6.82 (dd, 1H), 6.76 (dd, 1H), 3.61 (bs, 2H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 1.25 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 231 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step C: 4-(2-Bromo-5-fluoro-3-isopropylphenyl)pyridine

4-Fluoro-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-6-(isopropyl)aniline (1.8 g, 7.8 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 mL) at 0° C. was treated with concentrated HBr (13 g) in water (mL). Sodium nitrite (583 mg, 8.45 mmol) in water (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 45 minutes. Copper(I) bromide (1.10 g, 7.68 mmol) and copper(II) bromide (1.72 g, 7.68 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was allowed to reach room temperature over 2 hours, poured into saturated sodium carbonate solution (300 mL), and extracted with DCM (2×250 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness in vacuo. The title compound (0.85 g, 37%) was obtained as a brown oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.66 (d, 2H), 7.28 (d, 2H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 6.83 (dd, 1H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 1.25 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 294 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step D: tert-Butyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetate

4-(2-Bromo-5-fluoro-3-isopropylphenyl)pyridine (2.1 g, 7.1 mmol) was dissolved in THF (25 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere. Pd₂dba₃ (chloroform adduct) (0.33 g, 0.36 mmol) and Xphos (0.34 g, 0.71 mmol) were added. (2-(tert-Butoxy)-2-oxoethyl) zinc (II) bromide (Intermediate A1, Step E) (4.1 g, 16 mmol) in THF (16 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. and stirred overnight, and then cooled to room temperature, filtered over Celite® and evaporated to dryness in vacuo. The crude product was subjected to column chromatography (SiO₂, heptanes with a 0-20% gradient of ethyl acetate). The title compound (1.1 g, 48%) was obtained as a brown oil.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.76 (d, 2H), 7.38 (d, 2H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 6.78 (dd, 1H), 3.43 (s, 2H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 1.40 (s, 9H), 1.23 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 274 (M-tBu+2H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step E: 2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid salt

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetate (1.48 g, 4.49 mmol, 1 eq) in dichloromethane (11 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (11 mL, 0.14 mmol, 32 eq). The solution was stirred at room temperature overnight and then concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (2.25 g, quantitative yield).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.00 (d, 2H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 7.21 (dd, 1H), 6.81 (dd, 1H), 3.57 (s, 2H), 3.11 (p, 1H), 1.27 (d, 6H).

Step F: 2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetyl chloride

To a solution of 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetic acid (non salt form) (54 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 eq) and one drop of dimethylformamide in anhydrous dichloromethane (8 mL) was added dropwise oxalyl chloride (53 μL, 0.60 mmol, 3 eq) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was used in the next step without purification.

Intermediate A7: 2-(4-Fluoro-2,6-diisopropylphenyl)acetic acid Step A: 4-Fluoro-2,6-di(prop-1-en-2-yl)aniline

A solution of 2,6-dibromo-4-fluoroaniline (10 g, 1 eq), 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(prop-1-en-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (16.67 g, 2.67 eq), Cs₂CO₃ (36.35 g, 3 eq) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (2.72 g, 3.72 mmol, 0.1 eq) in dioxane (100 mL) and H₂O (mL) was degassed under reduced pressure. The reaction mixture was heated to 100° C. for 3 hours under nitrogen. Then the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of H₂O (200 mL), diluted with EtOAc (150 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (2×150 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×200 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether:ethyl acetate, 1:0 to 100:1) to give the title compound (8 g, 89% yield, 78.9% purity on LCMS) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.68 (d, 2H), 5.32-5.31 (m, 2H), 5.08 (d, 2H), 3.84 (s, 2H) and 2.07 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 192.2 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step B: 4-Fluoro-2,6-diisopropylaniline

To a solution of 4-fluoro-2,6-di(prop-1-en-2-yl)aniline (8 g, 1 eq) in MeOH (150 mL) was added Pd/C (624 mg, 10 wt % loading on activated carbon). The reaction mixture was degassed and purged with H₂ (20 psi). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours under H₂ (20 psi), and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, only eluting with petroleum ether) to give the title compound (4 g, 63% yield, 100% purity on LCMS) as a colourless oil.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.76 (d, 2H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 2H) and 1.26 (d, 12H).

LCMS: m/z 196.2 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step C: 2-Bromo-5-fluoro-1,3-diisopropylbenzene

To a solution of 4-fluoro-2,6-diisopropylaniline (3.7 g, 18.95 mmol, 1 eq) in MeCN (180 mL) was added CuBr (4.08 g, 1.5 eq). Then tert-butyl nitrite (2.93 g, 1.5 eq) was added dropwise at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 1.5 hours, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, only eluting with petroleum ether) to give the title compound (2.02 g, 41%) as a white solid. 10 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.85 (d, 2H), 3.55-3.48 (m, 2H) and 1.24 (d, 12H).

Step D: (2-(tert-Butoxy)-2-oxoethyl) zinc (II) bromide

A mixture of zinc (80 g) in HCl (1 M, 308 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 30 minutes. Then the mixture was filtered and the filter cake was dried in vacuo. To a mixture of the above Zn (55 g, 841.11 mmol, 2.98 eq) in THF (550 mL) was added TMSCl (3.06 g, 28.20 mmol, 0.1 eq) and 1,2-dibromoethane (5.30 g, 28.20 mmol, 0.1 eq) at 20° C. under N₂ atmosphere. Then tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate (55 g, 281.97 mmol, 1 eq) was added at 50° C. under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 2 hours. Then the reaction mixture (theory amount: 0.5 M, 550 mL, in THF solution) was cooled and used into the next step without further purification.

Step E: tert-Butyl 2-(4-fluoro-2,6-diisopropylphenyl)acetate

A solution of 2-bromo-5-fluoro-1,3-diisopropylbenzene (16 g, 61.74 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (100 mL) was cooled to 0° C. Then Pd₂(dba)₃ (2.83 g, 3.09 mmol, 0.05 eq), Xphos (2.94 g, 6.17 mmol, 0.1 eq) and (2-(tert-butoxy)-2-oxoethyl) zinc (II) bromide (0.5 M, 246.95 mL, in THF solution, 2 eq) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 12 hours, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether:ethyl acetate, 100:0 to 10:1) to give the title compound (12 g, 59% yield, 90% purity on ¹H NMR) as a red oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.83 (d, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.21-3.14 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H) and 1.21 (d, 12H).

Step F: 2-(4-Fluoro-2,6-diisopropylphenyl)acetic acid

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(4-fluoro-2,6-diisopropylphenyl)acetate (12 g, 40.76 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (120 mL) was added TFA (184.80 g, 39.76 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hours. Most of the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with H₂O (300 mL) and the mixture was adjusted to pH 10 with 2M aqueous NaOH solution. The mixture was washed with EtOAc (3×500 mL) and the organic phases were discarded. Then the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 3 with 1M aqueous HCl solution and extracted with EtOAc (3×500 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×200 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (8 g, 82%) as a yellow solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.24 (br s, 1H), 6.91 (d, 2H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.16-3.06 (m, 2H) and 1.18 (d, 12H).

Intermediate P1:5-((Dimethylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide

N,N, 1-Trimethyl-3-sulfamoyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (Intermediate P3)(500 mg, 2.15 mmol) was stirred in THF (10 mL) and a solution of borane tetrahydrofuran complex (1M, 6 mL, 6 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred overnight at reflux and then allowed to cool to room temperature. A solution of 1M HCl (aqueous, 6 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 2 hours, and then allowed to cool to room temperature, concentrated and stripped with toluene (2×10 mL). The residue was dissolved in MeOH and loaded on a column of SCX (8 g). The MeOH was removed by suction and the column was washed with MeOH (2×15 mL). 0.7N NH₃ in MeOH (20 mL) was added to the column. The column was left standing for 5 minutes, and then washed twice more with 0.7N NH₃ in MeOH (2×15 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated to afford the title compound (314 mg, 67%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 6.58 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.41 (s, 2H), 2.23 (s, 6H).

Intermediate P2: 1-Cyclopropyl-5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide Step A: 1-Cyclopropyl-3-nitro-1H-pyrazole

To a solution of cyclopropylboronic acid (36.77 g, 428.04 mmol, 1.1 eq) in DCE (500 mL) was added 3-nitro-1H-pyrazole (44 g, 389.12 mmol, 1 eq), 2,2-bipyridine (60.77 g, 389.12 mmol, 1 eq) and Na₂CO₃ (64.59 g, 609.44 mmol, 1.57 eq) at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 minutes. Then Cu(OAc)₂ (70.68 g, 389.12 mmol, 1 eq) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 70° C. and stirred for 15.5 hours. Then the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether:ethyl acetate, 30:1 to 3:1) to give crude product (26.7 g). The crude product was dissolved in pyrrolidine (10 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 2 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to remove pyrrolidine. The residue was diluted with H₂O (33 mL) and the pH was adjusted to 5-6 with 1M aqueous HCl solution. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×33 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (17.7 g, 30%) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.54 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 1H), 3.73-3.67 (m, 1H), 1.24-1.22 (m, 2H) and 1.13-1.07 (m, 2H).

Step B: 1-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-amine

To a solution of 1-cyclopropyl-3-nitro-1H-pyrazole (36 g, 235.08 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (400 mL) was added a solution of NH₄Cl (62.87 g, 1.18 mol, 5 eq) in H₂ (150 mL). Then the reaction mixture was heated to 60° C. and iron power (39.38 g, 705.24 mmol, 3 eq) was added in portions. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 16 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with H₂O (500 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×500 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×250 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether:ethyl acetate, 30:1 to 1:1) to give the title compound (20 g, 69%) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.14 (d, 1H), 5.11 (d, 1H), 3.57 (br s, 2H), 3.38-3.32 (m, 1H), 0.99-0.95 (m, 2H) and 0.90-0.87 (m, 2H).

LCMS: m/z 124.2 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step C: 1-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonyl chloride

To a solution of 1-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (19 g, 154.28 mmol, 1 eq) in MeCN (500 mL) and H₂O (50 mL) at 0° C. was added concentrated HCl solution (50 mL, 36 wt % aqueous solution). Then an aqueous solution of NaNO₂ (12.77 g, 185-13 mmol, 1.2 eq) in H₂O (50 mL) was added slowly. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 40 minutes. AcOH (50 mL), CuCl₂ (10.37 g, 77.14 mmol, 0.5 eq) and CuCl (763 mg, 7.71 mmol, 0.05 eq) were added into the reaction mixture. Then SO₂ gas (15 psi) was bubbled into the resulting mixture at 0° C. for 20 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with H₂O (250 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×250 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×150 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether:ethyl acetate, 100:0 to 1:1) to give the title compound (14 g, 44%) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.62 (d, 1H), 6.83 (d, 1H), 3.78-3.72 (m, 1H), 1.28-1.24 (m, 2H) and 1.16-1.12 (m, 2H).

Step D: 1-Cyclopropyl-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide

To a solution of 1-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonyl chloride (28 g, 135.49 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (300 mL) was added TEA (27.42 g, 270.99 mmol, 2 eq) and bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amine (34.87 g, 135.49 mmol, 1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour, and then diluted with H₂O (500 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×500 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×500 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reversed phase flash chromatography (0.5% NH₃·H₂O-MeCN) and the collected eluting solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of MeCN. Then the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×1). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×500 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (30 g, 52% yield, 99.8% purity on HPLC).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.08-7.06 (m, 4H), 6.79-6.77 (m, 4H), 6.62 (d, 1H), 4.32 (s, 4H), 3.80 (s, 6H), 3.68-3.64 (m, 1H), 1.15-1.13 (m, 2H) and 1.9-1.06 (m, 2H).

LCMS: m/z 428.2 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step E 1-Cyclopropyl-5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide

A solution of n-BuLi (2.5 M in THF, 1 eq) in THF (8.89 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 1-cyclopropyl-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (10 g, 22.22 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (250 mL) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 hour. Then N-methyl-N-methylenemethanaminium iodide (8.22 g, 44.44 mmol, 2 eq) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 0.5 hour and then warmed to 25° C. for 0.5 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl solution (150 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×250 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×100 mL), dried over N₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether:ethyl acetate, 10:1 to 0:1) to give the title compound (9 g, 82% yield, 97.9% purity on LCMS) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.03-7.00 (m, 4H), 6.83-6.78 (m, 4H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 4.20 (s, 4H), 3.82-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 6H), 3.57 (s, 2H), 2.19 (s, 6H) and 1.09-0.99 (m, 4H).

LCMS: m/z 485.2 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step F: 1-Cyclopropyl-5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide

To a solution of 1-cyclopropyl-5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (1 g, 2.06 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (15.40 g, 135.06 mmol, 65.45 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to remove TFA. The residue was treated with MeOH (100 mL). The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with EtOAc (30 mL) to give the title compound (460 mg, 55% yield, 89% purity on LCMS, TFA salt) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.51 (s, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 3.92-3.85 (m, 1H), 2.84 (s, 6H) and 1.19-1.09 (m, 4H).

LCMS: m/z 245.2 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Intermediate P: N,N, 1-Trimethyl-3-sulfamoyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide Step A: 1-Methyl-H-pyrazole-3-sulfonyl chloride

A solution of 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (25 g, 257.42 mmol, 1 eq) in MeCN (600 mL) at 0° C. was treated with concentrated HCl (60 mL) in H₂O (60 mL). Then an aqueous solution of NaNO₂ (21-31 g, 308.90 mmol, 1.2 eq) in H₂O (60 mL) was added slowly. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 40 minutes. AcOH (60 mL), CuCl₂ (17.31 g, 128.71 mmol, 0.5 eq) and CuCl (1.27 g, 12.87 mmol, 0.05 eq) were added. Then SO₂ gas (15 psi) was bubbled into the reaction mixture at 0° C. for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes, and then concentrated in vacuo to remove most MeCN. Then the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of H₂O (0.6 L) and extracted with EtOAc (2×0.3 L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (3×0.5 L), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether:ethyl acetate, 20:1 to 10:1) to give the title compound (16.45 g, 35%) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.52 (d, 1H), 6.89 (d, 1H) and 4.07 (s, 3H).

Step B: N,N-bis(4-Methoxybenzyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide

To a solution of bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amine (99.83 g, 387.96 mmol, 0.91 eq) in THF (1 L) was added TEA (86.28 g, 852.65 mmol, 2 eq), followed by 1-methyl-H-pyrazole-3-sulfonyl chloride (77 g, 426.33 mmol, 1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours, and then concentrated in vacuo to remove most of THF. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of 1M aqueous HCl solution (500 mL) and then extracted with EtOAc (2×500 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×600 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with a mixture of petroleum ether and ethyl acetate (70 mL, v:v=5:1) to give the title compound (138 g, 81%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.08 (d, 4H), 6.78 (d, 4H), 6.65-6.63 (m, 1H), 4.32 (s, 4H), 3.98 (s, 3H) and 3.79 (s, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 402.2 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step C: 3-(N,N-bis(4-Methoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid

A solution of N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (100 g, 249.08 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (1.35 L) was cooled to −70° C. Then n-BuLi (2.5 M, 104.61 mL, in THF, 1.05 eq) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 1 hour. Then CO₂ (15 psi) was bubbled into the mixture for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at −70° C. for another 1 hour. Then the reaction mixture was quenched with H₂O (1.2 L) and adjusted with 1M aqueous HCl solution to pH 3. Then the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×1 L), washed with brine (2×1 L), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with a mixture of petroleum ether and ethyl acetate (300 mL, v:v=1:1) to give the title compound (94 g, 84% yield, 99% purity on LCMS) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 6.98-7.16 (m, 5H), 6.82 (d, 4H), 4.25 (s, 4H), 4.15 (s, 3H) and 3.72 (s, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 468.2 (M+Na)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step D: 3-(N,N-bis(4-Methoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)-N,N, 1-trimethyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide

To a solution of 3-(N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (100 g, 224.47 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (58.02 g, 448.95 mmol, 2 eq) and dimethylamine (2 M, 448.95 mL, in THF, 4 eq) in DMF (1 L) was added T3P (285.69 g, 448.95 mmol, 50% purity in EtOAc, 2 eq) at 25° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Then the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of H₂O (2 L) and extracted with EtOAc (2×1.1 L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×1.2 L), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with a mixture of ethyl acetate and petroleum ether (150 mL, v:v=5:1) to give the title compound (92.7 g, 87% yield, 100% purity on LCMS).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.09 (d, 4H), 6.78 (d, 4H), 6.63-6.70 (m, 1H), 4.32 (s, 4H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 6H) and 3.11 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 473.3 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step E: N,N, 1-Trimethyl-3-sulfamoyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide

To a solution of 3-(N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)-N,N, 1-trimethyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (80 g, 169.29 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (180 mL) was added TFA (381.33 g, 3.34 mol, 19.75 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 15 hours, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was re-dissolved in dichloromethane (200 mL). The resulting mixture was treated with MeOH (1.2 L) and a solid was precipitated. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was re-dissolved in dichloromethane (150 mL). The resulting mixture was treated with tert-butyl methyl ether (700 mL) and a solid was precipitated. The suspension was filtered and the filter cake was dried to give the title compound (32 g, 81%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.50 (s, 2H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H) and 3.02 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 233.2 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Intermediate P4: 1-(2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide Step A: Lithium 1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-sulfinate

To a solution of 1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (100 g, 657.06 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (1.38 L) was added n-BuLi (2.5 M, 276 mL, in THF, 1.05 eq) slowly while keeping the temperature at −70° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours. Then SO₂(15 psi) was bubbled into the mixture for 15 minutes. After the reaction mixture was heated to 25° C., a solid was formed. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with tert-butyl methyl ether (400 mL) and the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with tert-butyl methyl ether (50 mL), n-hexane (50 mL) and dried to afford the title compound (142 g, crude) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.28 (d, 1H), 6.16 (d, 1H), 5.97 (dd, 1H), 3.92-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.78-1.74 (m, 1H) and 1.52-1.49 (m, 3H).

LCMS: m/z 215 (M−Li)⁻ (ES⁻).

Step B: 1-(Tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-sulfonyl chloride

To a suspension of lithium 1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-sulfinate (20 g, 90.01 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (250 mL) was added NCS (12.02 g, 90.01 mmol, 1 eq) while cooling in an ice bath. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hours. Then the reaction mixture was quenched with water (100 mL) and partitioned between DCM (300 mL) and water (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (200 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (15.8 g, 63.02 mmol, 70%) as a yellow oil, which was used directly in the next step.

Step C: N,N-bis(4-Methoxybenzyl)-1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-sulfonamide

To a mixture of bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amine (16.01 g, 62.23 mmol, 1.04 eq) and TEA (19.33 g, 190-99 mmol, 3.19 eq) in DCM (300 mL) was added a solution of 1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-sulfonyl chloride (15 g, 59.83 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (so mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour and then quenched with water (250 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (250 mL), 1M aqueous HCl solution (2×250 mL), water (250 mL), and then dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (25.5 g, 83% yield, 92% purity on LCMS) as a brown oil.

LCMS: m/z 494 (M+Na)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step D: N,N-bis(4-Methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-sulfonamide

To a solution of N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-sulfonamide (25 g, 53.01 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (183 mL) and MeOH (37 mL) was added a 1M aqueous HCl solution (18.29 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. Then the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between DCM (200 mL) and H₂O (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with tert-butyl methyl ether (100 mL), filtered and dried to give the title compound (12.2 g, 58% yield, 97% purity on LCMS) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 13.82-13.70 (br s, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.07-7.01 (m, 4H), 6.78-6.75 (m, 4H), 6.61 (d, 1H), 4.34 (s, 4H) and 3.80 (s, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 410 (M+Na)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step E: 1-(2-Hydroxyethyl)-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide

A mixture of N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-sulfonamide (12 g, 30.97 mmol, 1 eq) and K₂CO₃ (8.39 g, 60.70 mmol, 1.96 eq) was suspended in MeCN (150 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. 2-Bromoethanol (5.03 g, 40.26 mmol, 1.3 eq) was added and then the resulting mixture was heated to 60° C. for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (500 mL) and extracted with DCM (400 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (300 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether:ethyl acetate, 30:1 to 1:1) to give the title compound (8 g, 58% yield, 97% purity on LCMS) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.04-7.02 (m, 4H), 6.77-6.74 (d, 4H), 6.06 (d, 1H), 4.29 (s, 4H), 4.26-4.23 (t, 2H), 3.93-3.81 (m, 2H) and 3.69 (s, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 454 (M+Na)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step F: 2-(3-(N,N-bis(4-Methoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate

To a solution of 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (7 g, 16.22 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA (2.94 g, 22.71 mmol, 1.4 eq) in anhydrous DCM (116 mL) was added MsCl (2.23 g, 19.47 mmol, 1.2 eq) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 20 minutes. Then the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ solution (50 mL) and water (30 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (8.3 g, crude) as a yellow oil, which was used directly in the next step.

Step G: 1-(2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl)-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide

To a solution of dimethylamine in THF (2 M, 243 mL, 29.95 eq) was added 2-(3-(N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)sulfamoyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate (8.27 g, 16.23 mmol, 1 eq). The reaction mixture was heated to 60° C. for 17 hours, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with EtOAc (10 mL. The mixture was stirred and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether:ethyl acetate, 10:1 to 0:1) to give the title compound (6.5 g, 83% yield, 95% purity on LCMS) as a yellow oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.09-7.06 (m, 4H), 6.81-6.78 (m, 4H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 4.31 (s, 4H), 4.31-4.27 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 6H), 2.77 (t, 2H) and 2.29 (m, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 459 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Step H: 1-(2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide

To a solution of 1-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-N,N-bis(4-methoxybenzyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (5.5 g, 11.99 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (77.00 g, 675.32 mmol, 56.31 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 17 hours, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in a mixture of dichloromethane (10 mL) and MeOH (200 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred and filtered. Basic resin (Amberlyst® A-21, ion exchange resin) was added to the reaction mixture until the pH was 8. Then the reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was recrystallized from DCM (15 mL) to give the title compound (2.2 g, 84% yield, 100% purity on LCMS).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.86 (d, 1H), 7.37 (br s, 2H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 4.24 (t, 2H), 2.65 (t, 2H) and 2.16 (s, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 219 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Synthesis of Examples Example 1: N-((5-((Dimethylamino)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl) sulfonyl)-2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetamide

Et₃N (0.67 mL, 4.80 mmol) and 5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (60 mg, 0.24 mmol) were added to a solution of 2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetyl chloride (56 mg, 0.24 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 48 hours at room temperature and then concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 0-6% MeOH in DCM) afforded the title compound (20 mg, 18%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.82 (m, 1H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.43 (s, 2H), 2.89 (t, 4H), 2.71 (t, 4H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 2.07 (m, 4H), 1.47 (d, 7H).

LCMS: m/z 445 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); 443 (M−H)⁻ (ES⁻).

Example 2: 3-(N-(2-(4-Fluoro-2,6-diisopropylphenyl)acetyl)sulfamoyl)-N,N, 1-trimethyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide

To a mixture of N,N, 1-trimethyl-3-sulfamoyl-H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (Intermediate P3) (60 mg, 258.33 μmol, 1 eq) and 2-(4-fluoro-2,6-diisopropylphenyl)acetic acid (Intermediate A7) (62 mg, 258.33 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (1 mL) and DMF (1 mL) was added EDC (99 mg, 516.66 μmol, 2 eq) and DMAP (63 mg, 516.66 μmol, 2 eq) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 2 hours. Then the reaction mixture was quenched with 1M aqueous HCl solution (1.5 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×2 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (2×3 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Synergi C18, 150 mm*25 mm*10 μm; mobile phase [A: water (0.1% TFA); B: MeCN]; B %: 42%-72%, 9 min) to give the title compound (49.40 mg, 42% yield, 100% purity on LCMS) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.51 (s, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H) 3.78 (s, 2H) 2.98 (s, 6H) 2.92-2.87 (m, 2H) and 1.04 (d, 12H).

LCMS: m/z 453.3 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Example 1: N-((5-(1-(Dimethylamino)ethyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl) sulfonyl)-2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetamide

Prepared as described for N-((5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)sulfonyl)-2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetamide (Example 1) using 5-(1-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide, trifluoroacetate salt (110 mg, 0.29 mmol) and 2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetyl chloride (60 mg, 0.26 mmol) to afford the title compound (31 mg, 26%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.90 (m, 1H), 3.80 (q, 1H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.89 (t, 4H), 2.71 (t, 4H), 2.18 (s, 6H), 2.07 (m, 4H), 1.45 (t, 6H), 1.33 (d, 3H).

LCMS: m/z 458 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); 457 (M−H)⁻ (ES⁻).

Example 4: 3-(N-(2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl) phenyl)acetyl)sulfamoyl)-N,N, 1-trimethyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide, potassium salt

N,N, 1-trimethyl-3-sulfamoyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (Intermediate P3) (93 mg, 0.4 mmol) and Et₃N (0.11 mL, 0.8 mmol) were stirred in DCM (6 mL). A solution of 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetyl chloride (Intermediate A4) (64 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL) and KO^(t)Bu (45 mg, 0.4 mmol) was added. The mixture was filtered over cotton wool and submitted for purification by reversed phase column chromatography (see “Experimental Methods”, “Purification Method 1”) to afford the title compound (8 mg, 8%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.07 (dd, 1H), 7.02 (dd, 1H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.78 (dd, 1H), 6.72 (dd, 1H), 3.92 (d, 6H), 3.47 (s, 2H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.13 (dd, 6H), 1.14 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 518 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Example 5: 3-(N-(2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)acetyl) sulfamoyl)-N,N, 1-trimethyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide

N,N, 1-trimethyl-3-sulfamoyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (Intermediate P3) (84 mg, 0.36 mmol) and Et₃N (0.1 mL, 0.72 mmol) were stirred in DCM (6 mL). A solution of 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)acetyl chloride (Intermediate A5) (53 mg, 0.18 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL). The mixture was filtered over cotton wool and submitted for purification by reversed phase column chromatography (see “Experimental Methods”, “Purification Method 1”) to afford crude product (10 mg). The crude product was subjected to preparative HPLC (see “Experimental Methods”, “Purification Method 2”) to afford the title compound (4 mg, 5%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.53 (d, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.44 (dd, 1H), 7.07 (dd, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 6.78 (dd, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.10 (d, 6H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 1.16 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 488 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); 486 (M−H)⁻ (ES⁻).

Example 6: 3-(N-(2-(4-Fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetyl) sulfamoyl)-N,N, 1-trimethyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide, potassium salt

To a solution of N,N, 1-trimethyl-3-sulfamoyl-H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (Intermediate P3) (48 mg, 0.2 mmol, 2 eq) and triethylamine (29 μL, 0.2 mmol, 2 eq) in anhydrous dichloromethane (2.5 mL) cooled in an ice bath was added dropwise a solution of 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetyl chloride (Intermediate A6) (30 mg, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous dichloromethane (2.5 mL). After complete addition, the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 2 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was suspended in tetrahydrofuran, then potassium tert-butoxide (23 mg, 0.2 mmol, 2 eq) was added. After stirring for 5 minutes, the suspension was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL) and submitted for purification by reversed phase column chromatography (see “Experimental Methods”, “Purification Method 1”) to afford the title compound (7.6 mg, 0.014 mmol, 14%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.55-8.44 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.06 (dd, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.76 (dd, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.44 (s, 2H), 3.36-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.10 (d, 6H), 1.15 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 489 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Example 7: N-((1-(1-(Dimethylamino)-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)sulfonyl)-2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetamide, potassium salt

To a suspension of 1-(1-(dimethylamino)-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (51 mg, 0.2 mmol, 2 eq) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (23 mg, 0.2 mmol, 2 eq). The suspension was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature and then cooled in an ice bath. A solution of 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetyl chloride (Intermediate A6) (30 mg, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added. After complete addition, the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring over the weekend, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL) and submitted for purification by reversed phase column chromatography (see “Experimental Methods”, “Purification Method 1”) to afford the title compound (2 mg, 4 μmol, 4%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.53-8.47 (m, 2H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.46-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 6.75 (dd, 1H), 6.63 (d, 1H), 3.43 (s, 2H), 3.19-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 2.09 (s, 6H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.17 (d, 6H).

LC-MS: m/z 503 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Example 8: N-((5-((Dimethylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl) sulfonyl)-2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenyl) acetamide, potassium salt

5-((Dimethylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (Intermediate P1) (70 mg, 0.32 mmol) and KO^(t)Bu (54 mg, 0.48 mmol) were stirred in THF (6 mL). A solution of 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetyl chloride (Intermediate A4) (51 mg, 0.16 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL) and submitted for purification by reversed phase column chromatography (see “Experimental Methods”, “Purification Method 1”) to afford the title compound (24 mg, 30%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.06 (dd, 1H), 7.02 (dd, 1H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 6.79 (dd, 1H), 6.72 (dd, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 3.90 (d, 6H), 3.47 (d, 4H), 3.17-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 1.14 (d, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 504 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); 502 (M−H)⁻ (ES⁻).

Example A: N-((1-Cyclopropyl-5-(1-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)sulfonyl)-2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetamide

Et₃N (0.67 mL, 4.80 mmol) and 1-cyclopropyl-5-(1-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide, 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (130 mg, 0.34 mmol) were added to a solution of 2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetyl chloride (80 mg, 0.34 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 48 hours at room temperature and then concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, 0-6% MeOH in DCM) afforded the title compound (40 mg, 26%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHZ, CDCl₃) δ 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.01 (q, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.87 (t, 4H), 2.69 (t, 4H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 2.04 (m, 4H), 1.40 (m, 1H), 1.34 (d, 4H), 1.00 (d, 2H).

LCMS: m/z 457 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); 455 (M−H)⁻ (ES⁻).

Example 10: N-((1-Cyclopropyl-5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)sulfonyl)-2-(4-fluoro-2,6-diisopropylphenyl)acetamide

To a solution of 1-cyclopropyl-5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (Intermediate P2) (70 mg, 286.52 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (1 mL) and DMF (1 mL) were added EDC (109 mg, 573.03 μmol, 2 eq), DMAP (70 mg, 573.03 μmol, 2 eq) and 2-(4-fluoro-2,6-diisopropylphenyl)acetic acid (Intermediate A7) (68 mg, 286.52 μmol, 1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours, and then diluted with H₂O (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×5 mL). The organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge C18, 150 mm*25 mm*5 μm; mobile phase [A: water (0.05% ammonium hydroxide v/v); B: MeCN]; B %: 10%-40%, 11.5 min) to give the title compound (25.30 mg, 19% yield, 100% purity on LCMS) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 6.86 (d, 2H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 3.83-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.93-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.19 (s, 6H) and 1.07-1.03 (m, 16H).

LCMS: m/z 465.3 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Example 11: N-((5-(1-(Dimethylamino)ethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl) sulfonyl)-2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetamide

Prepared as described for N-((5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)sulfonyl)-2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetamide (Example 1) using 5-(1-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide, trifluoroacetate salt (100 mg, 0.30 mmol) and 2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetyl chloride (70 mg, 0.30 mmol). After the purification by column chromatography, the product was still contaminated with sulfonamide starting material. The mixture was dissolved in DMSO (1 mL) and purified by reversed phase column chromatography (see “Experimental Methods”, “Purification Method 1”) to afford the title compound (10 mg, 8%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 3.79-3.69 (m, 4H), 3.58 (s, 2H), 2.85 (t, 4H), 2.68 (s, 4H), 2.17 (s, 6H), 2.02 (m, 4H), 1.30 (d, 3H).

LCMS: m/z 431 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); 429 (M−H)⁻ (ES⁻).

Example 12: 3-(N-(2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-Hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetyl) sulfamoyl)-N,N, 1-trimethyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide

Prepared as described for N-((5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)sulfonyl)-2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetamide (Example 1) using N,N, 1-trimethyl-3-sulfamoyl-H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (Intermediate P3) (100 mg, 0.43 mmol) and 2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetyl chloride (100 mg, 0.43 mmol) to afford the title compound (76 mg, 41%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 3.61 (s, 2H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 2.91 (t, 4H), 2.72 (t, 4H), 2.10 (m, 4H).

LCMS: m/z 431 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); 429 (M−H)⁻ (ES⁻).

Example 13: N-((1-(1-(Dimethylamino)-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)sulfonyl)-2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetamide

Prepared as described for N-((5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)sulfonyl)-2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetamide (Example 1) using 1-(1-(dimethylamino)-2-methylpropan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (55 mg, 0.22 mmol) and 2-(1,2,3,5,6,7-hexahydro-s-indacen-4-yl)acetyl chloride (60 mg, 0.26 mmol) to afford the title compound (7 mg, 6%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.75 (s, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 3.48 (s, 2H), 2.98 (s, 2H), 2.79 (q, 8H), 2.19 (s, 6H), 1.99 (m, 4H), 1.60 (s, 6H).

LCMS: m/z 445 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺); 443 (M−H)⁻ (ES⁻).

Example 14: 3-(N-(2-(5-(2-Methoxypyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetyl)sulfamoyl)-N,N, 1-trimethyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide

A solution of N,N, 1-trimethyl-3-sulfamoyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (Intermediate P3) (118 mg, 0.51 mmol, 2 eq) and triethylamine (0.21 mL, 1.52 mmol, 6 eq) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was cooled in an ice bath. Then a solution of 2-(5-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-H-inden-4-yl)acetyl chloride (Intermediate A2) (110 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous dichloromethane (5 mL) was added dropwise. After complete addition, the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After stirring over the weekend, the reaction mixture concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL) and submitted for purification by reversed phase column chromatography (see “Experimental Methods”, “Purification Method 1”) to afford the title compound (23 mg, 46 μmol, 18%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.05 (dd, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.78 (dd, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.46 (s, 2H), 3.10 (d, 6H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 2.82 (t, 2H), 2.05 (p, 2H).

LC-MS: m/z 498 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Example 15: 3-(N-(2-(5-(2-Cyanopyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl) acetyl)sulfamoyl)-N,N, 1-trimethyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide

To a solution of N,N, 1-trimethyl-3-sulfamoyl-H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (Intermediate P3) (41 mg, 0.18 mmol, 2 eq) in anhydrous dichloromethane (2 mL) was added triethylamine (37 μL, 0.26 mmol, 3 eq). The solution was cooled in an ice bath. A solution of 2-(5-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-4-yl)acetyl chloride (Intermediate A3) (26 mg, 88 μmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous dichloromethane (2 mL) was added dropwise. After complete addition, the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature. After stirring over the weekend, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was subjected to preparative HPLC (see “Experimental Methods”, “Purification Method 2”) to afford the title compound (0.7 mg, 1.0 μmol, 2%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.64 (d, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.66 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 2H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.15 (s, 6H), 1.88 (m, 2H).

LCMS: m/z 493 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Example 16: N-((1-(2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)sulfonyl)-2-(4-fluoro-2,6-diisopropylphenyl)acetamide

To a solution of 2-(4-fluoro-2,6-diisopropylphenyl)acetic acid (Intermediate A7) (60 mg, 251.79 μmol, 1 eq) and 1-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (Intermediate P4) (66 mg, 302.14 μmol, 1.2 eq) in DMF (1 mL) was added EDC (97 mg, 503.57 μmol, 2 eq) and DMAP (62 mg, 503.57 μmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 3 hours. Then the reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and adjusted to pH 9 with saturated aqueous Na₂CO₃ solution (50 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×80 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by reversed phase flash chromatography (0.01% TFA-MeCN) and then purified by prep-HPLC (Column: Waters Xbridge C18, 150 mm*25 mm*5 μm; mobile phase [A: water (0.05% ammonium hydroxide v/v); B: MeCN]; B %: 12%-42%, 11.5 min) to give the title compound (11.88 mg, 11% yield, 100% purity on LCMS) as a light yellow solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.85 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.62 (d, 1H), 4.31-4.26 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.02-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.77 (t, 2H), 2.25 (s, 6H), and 1.05 (d, 12H).

LCMS: m/z 439.2 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

Example 17: N-((5-((Dimethylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)sulfonyl)-2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetamide

To a suspension of 5-((dimethylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-H-pyrazole-3-sulfonamide (Intermediate P) (49 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.5 eq) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (1M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 0.23 mL, 0.22 mmol, 1.5 eq). The suspension was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature and then cooled in an ice bath. To the suspension was added a solution of 2-(4-fluoro-2-isopropyl-6-(pyridin-4-yl)phenyl)acetyl chloride (Intermediate A6) (44 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL). After complete addition, the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL) and submitted for purification by reversed phase column chromatography (see “Experimental Methods”, “Purification Method 1”) to afford the title compound (2.0 mg, 4.2 μmol, 3%).

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.52-8.47 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 6.76 (dd, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 3.89 (d, 2H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 2H), 3.15-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 6H), 1.13 (d, 6H).

LC-MS: m/z 474 (M+H)⁺ (ES⁺).

The compound of example 18 was synthesised by methods analogous to those outlined above.

TABLE 1 ¹H NMR and MS data 1H NMR Ex Structure and Name spectrum MS MW 18

¹H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol- d₄) δ 8.07 (dd, 1H), 7.71 (d, 1H), 7.02 (dd, 1H), 6.94 (dd, 1H), 6.81 (dd, 1H), 6.72 (dd, 1H), 6.62 (d, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.70 (s, 2H), 2.01 (s, 6H), 1.58 (s, 6H), 1.15 (d, 6H). m/z 532.2 (M + H)⁺, (ES⁺); 530.2 (M − H)⁻ (ES⁻). 531.64

Further compounds of the invention may be synthesised by methods analogous to those outlined above.

Examples—Biological Studies

NLRP3 and Pyroptosis

It is well established that the activation of NLRP3 leads to cell pyroptosis and this feature plays an important part in the manifestation of clinical disease (Yan-gang Liu et al., Cell Death & Disease, 2017, 8(2), e2579; Alexander Wree et al., Hepatology, 2014, 59(3), 898-910; Alex Baldwin et al., Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2016, 59(5), 1691-1710; Ema Ozaki et al., Journal of Inflammation Research, 2015, 8, 15-27; Zhen Xie & Gang Zhao, Neuroimmunology Neuroinflammation, 2014, 1(2), 60-65; Mattia Cocco et al., Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2014, 57(24), 10366-10382; T. Satoh et al., Cell Death & Disease, 2013, 4, e644). Therefore, it is anticipated that inhibitors of NLRP3 will block pyroptosis, as well as the release of pro-inflammatory cytokines (e.g. IL-1β) from the cell.

THP-1 Cells: Culture and Preparation

THP-1 cells (ATCC #TIB-202) were grown in RPMI containing L-glutamine (Gibco #11835) supplemented with 1 mM sodium pyruvate (Sigma #S8636) and penicillin (100 units/ml)/streptomycin (0.1 mg/ml) (Sigma #P4333) in 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) (Sigma #F0804). The cells were routinely passaged and grown to confluency (˜10⁶ cells/ml). On the day of the experiment, THP-1 cells were harvested and resuspended into RPMI medium (without FBS). The cells were then counted and viability (>90%) checked by Trypan blue (Sigma #T8154). Appropriate dilutions were made to give a concentration of 625,000 cells/ml. To this diluted cell solution was added LPS (Sigma #L4524) to give a 1 μg/ml Final Assay Concentration (FAC). 40 μl of the final preparation was aliquoted into each well of a 96-well plate. The plate thus prepared was used for compound screening.

THP-1 Cells Pyroptosis Assay

The following method step-by-step assay was followed for compound screening.

-   -   1. Seed THP-1 cells (25,000 cells/well) containing 1.0 μg/ml LPS         in 40 μl of RPMI medium (without FBS) in 96-well, black walled,         clear bottom cell culture plates coated with poly-D-lysine (VWR         #734-0317)     -   2. Add 5 μl compound (8 points half-log dilution, with 10 μM top         dose) or vehicle (DMSO 0.1% FAC) to the appropriate wells     -   3. Incubate for 3 hrs at 37° C., 5% CO₂     -   4. Add 5 μl nigericin (Sigma # N7143) (FAC 5 μM) to all wells     -   5. Incubate for 1 hr at 37° C., 5% CO₂     -   6. At the end of the incubation period, spin plates at 300×g for         3 mins and remove supernatant     -   7. Then add 50 μl of resazurin (Sigma # R7017) (FAC 100 μM         resazurin in RPMI medium without FBS) and incubate plates for a         further 1-2 hrs at 37° C. and 5% CO₂     -   8. Plates were read in an Envision reader at Ex 560 nm and Em         590 nm     -   9. IC₅₀ data is fitted to a non-linear regression equation (log         inhibitor vs response-variable slope 4-parameters)

96-Well Plate Map

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A High Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 3 Comp 4 Comp 5 Comp 6 Comp 7 Comp 8 Comp 9 Comp 10 Low B High Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 3 Comp 4 Comp 5 Comp 6 Comp 7 Comp 8 Comp 9 Comp 10 Low C High Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 3 Comp 4 Comp 5 Comp 6 Comp 7 Comp 8 Comp 9 Comp 10 Low D High Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 3 Comp 4 Comp 5 Comp 6 Comp 7 Comp 8 Comp 9 Comp 10 Low E High Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 3 Comp 4 Comp 5 Comp 6 Comp 7 Comp 8 Comp 9 Comp 10 Low F High Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 3 Comp 4 Comp 5 Comp 6 Comp 7 Comp 8 Comp 9 Comp 10 Low G High Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 3 Comp 4 Comp 5 Comp 6 Comp 7 Comp 8 Comp 9 Comp 10 Low H High Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 3 Comp 4 Comp 5 Comp 6 Comp 7 Comp 8 Comp 9 Comp 10 Low High MCC950 (10 uM) Compound 8-point half-log dilution Low Drug free control

The results of the pyroptosis assay are summarised in Table 2 below as THP IC₅₀.

TABLE 2 NLRP3 inhibitory activity (≤1 μM = ‘+++’, ≤5 μM = ‘++’, ≤10 μM = ‘+’) Example THP No IC₅₀ 1 ++ 2 ++ 3 ++ 4 +++ 5 ++ 6 ++ 7 ++ 8 ++ 9 ++ 10 ++ 11 ++ 12 + 13 + 14 + 15 ++ 16 + 17 ++ 18  ++.

As is evident from the results presented in Table 2, surprisingly in spite of the structural differences versus the prior art compounds, the compounds of the invention show high levels of NLRP3 inhibitory activity.

It will be understood that the present invention has been described above by way of example only. The examples are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. Various modifications and embodiments can be made without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention, which is defined by the following claims only. 

The invention claimed is:
 1. A compound of formula (I):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein: Q is selected from 0 or S; R¹ is a 5-membered heteroaryl group, wherein the 5-membered ring structure consists of one or more carbon atoms, one or more nitrogen atoms and optionally one or more oxygen atoms, wherein R¹ is substituted with R⁶ and R¹ may optionally be further substituted; R² is a cyclic group substituted at the α and α′ positions, wherein R² may optionally be further substituted; R³ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —R⁵, —OR⁵, —NHR⁵ or —N(R⁵)₂; R⁴ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —R⁵, —OR⁵, —NHR⁵ or —N(R⁵)₂; or R³ and R⁴ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may form a 3- to 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic group, wherein the cyclic group may optionally be substituted; R⁵ is independently an optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl group; and R⁶ is any group comprising a nitrogen atom; provided the compound is not


2. The compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein R¹ is a monocyclic 5-membered heteroaryl group comprising one, two or three ring nitrogen atoms.
 3. The compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein R¹ is a pyrrolyl, imidazolyl or pyrazolyl group.
 4. The compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein R⁶ is a C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl or C₂-C₅ alkynyl group substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; —NH₂; —NHR^(β); —N(R^(β))₂; —NH—CHO; —NR^(β)—CHO; —NH—COR^(β); —NR^(β)—COR^(β); —CONH₂; —CONHR^(β); or —CON(R^(β))₂; wherein the C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl or C₂-C₅ alkynyl group may optionally be further substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from halo; —OH; —OR^(β); or oxo (═O); and wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl or C₂-C₄ alkynyl group, and wherein any —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or more halo; —OH; —NH₂; —CN; —NO₂; —N₃; or oxo (═O).
 5. The compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein R¹ is further substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from halo; —R^(β); —OH; —OR^(β); —R^(α)-halo; —R^(α)—R^(β); —R^(α)—OH; —R^(α)—OR^(β); —CHO; —COR^(β); —COOR^(β); —OCOR^(β); —R^(α)—CHO; —R^(α)—COR^(β); —R^(α)—COOR^(β); —R^(α)—OCOR^(β); —O—R^(α)—OH; or —O—R^(α)—OR^(β); wherein each —R^(α)— is independently selected from an alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group, wherein the alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group contains from 1 to 6 atoms in its backbone, wherein one or more carbon atoms in the backbone of the alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be replaced by one or two heteroatoms N or O, and wherein the alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group may optionally be substituted with one or more halo and/or —R^(β) groups; and wherein each —R^(β) is independently selected from a C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl or C₂-C₆ alkynyl group, and wherein any —R^(β) may optionally be substituted with one or more halo, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —NO₂, —N₃, —SH, —SO₂H, —SO₂NH₂, or oxo (═O).
 6. The compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein R² is an aryl or a heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or the heteroaryl group is substituted at the α and α′ positions, and wherein R² may optionally be further substituted.
 7. The compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 6, wherein R² is a fused aryl or a fused heteroaryl group, wherein a first cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring is fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group across the α,β positions and a second cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, non-aromatic heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl ring is fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group across the α′,β′ positions, and wherein R² may optionally be further substituted.
 8. The compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein R² is a cyclic group substituted at the α-position with a monovalent heterocyclic group or a monovalent aromatic group, wherein a ring atom of the heterocyclic or aromatic group is directly attached to the α-ring atom of the cyclic group, wherein the heterocyclic or aromatic group may optionally be substituted, and wherein the cyclic group is substituted at the α′-position and may optionally be further substituted.
 9. The compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein R³ and R⁴ are hydrogen.
 10. The compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein Q is O.
 11. The compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.
 12. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
 13. A method of treating, delaying onset of, or reducing risk of a disease, disorder or condition in a subject, the method comprising the step of administering an effective amount of the compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1 to the subject, thereby treating, delaying onset of, or reducing risk of the disease, disorder or condition, wherein the disease, disorder or condition is responsive to NLRP3 inhibition.
 14. The method as claimed in claim 13, wherein the disease, disorder or condition is selected from: (i) inflammation; (ii) an auto-immune disease; (iii) cancer; (iv) an infection; (v) a central nervous system disease; (vi) a metabolic disease; (vii) a cardiovascular disease; (viii) a respiratory disease; (ix) a liver disease; (x) a renal disease; (xi) an ocular disease; (xii) a skin disease; (xiii) a lymphatic condition; (xiv) a psychological disorder; (xv) graft versus host disease; (xvi) allodynia; and (xvii) any disease where an individual has been determined to carry a germline or somatic non-silent mutation in NLRP3.
 15. The method as claimed in claim 13, wherein the disease, disorder or condition is selected from: (i) cryopyrin-associated periodic syndromes (CAPS); (ii) Muckle-Wells syndrome (MWS); (iii) familial cold autoinflammatory syndrome (FCAS); (iv) neonatal onset multisystem inflammatory disease (NOMID); (v) familial Mediterranean fever (FMF); (vi) pyogenic arthritis, pyoderma gangrenosum and acne syndrome (PAPA); (vii) hyperimmunoglobulinemia D and periodic fever syndrome (HIDS); (viii) Tumour Necrosis Factor (TNF) Receptor-Associated Periodic Syndrome (TRAPS); (ix) systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis; (x) adult-onset Still's disease (AOSD); (xi) relapsing polychondritis; (xii) Schnitzler's syndrome; (xiii) Sweet's syndrome; (xiv) Behcet's disease; (xv) anti-synthetase syndrome; (xvi) deficiency of interleukin 1 receptor antagonist (DIRA); and (xvii) haploinsufficiency of A20 (HA20).
 16. The method as claimed in claim 13, wherein the compound is administered as a pharmaceutical composition further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
 17. A method of inhibiting NLRP3 in a subject, comprising administering the compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1 to the subject thereby inhibiting NLRP3.
 18. A method of analysing inhibition of NLRP3 or an effect of inhibition of NLRP3 by a compound, comprising contacting a cell or non-human animal with the compound or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 1, and analysing inhibition of NLRP3 or an effect of inhibition of NLRP3 in the cell or non-human animal by the compound.
 19. A prodrug of a compound of formula (I):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein: Q is selected from 0 or S; R¹ is a 5-membered heteroaryl group, wherein the 5-membered ring structure consists of one or more carbon atoms, one or more nitrogen atoms and optionally one or more oxygen atoms, wherein R¹ is substituted with R⁶ and R¹ may optionally be further substituted; R² is a cyclic group substituted at the α and α′ positions, wherein R² may optionally be further substituted; R³ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —R⁵, —OR⁵, —NHR⁵ or —N(R⁵)₂; R⁴ is hydrogen, halogen, —OH, —NH₂, —CN, —R⁵, —OR⁵, —NHR⁵ or —N(R⁵)₂; or R³ and R⁴ together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may form a 3- to 7-membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic group, wherein the cyclic group may optionally be substituted; R⁵ is independently an optionally substituted C₁-C₄ alkyl group; and R⁶ is any group comprising a nitrogen atom.
 20. A method of treating, delaying onset of, or reducing risk of a disease, disorder or condition in a subject, the method comprising the step of administering an effective amount of the prodrug or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as claimed in claim 19 to the subject, thereby treating, delaying onset of, or reducing risk of the disease, disorder or condition, wherein the disease, disorder or condition is responsive to NLRP3 inhibition. 